Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 3

Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(Mark One)    
ý   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009.

or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                        to                         

Commission file number: 0-24786



Aspen Technology, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware   04-2739697
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, Massachusetts

 

01803
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 781-221-6400



Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common stock, $0.10 par value per share

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of "accelerated filer and large accelerated filer" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer ý   Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o    No ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o    No ý

         As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate market value of common stock (the only outstanding class of common equity of the registrant) held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was $448,575,506 based on a total of 60,454,920 shares of common stock held by nonaffiliates and on a closing price of $7.42 on December 31, 2008 for the common stock as reported on The Pink OTC Markets Inc.

         There were 90,115,300 shares of common stock outstanding as of October 18, 2009.


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page

PART I

Item 1.

 

Business

  3

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

  16

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

  28

Item 2.

 

Properties

  28

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

  28

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

  31

PART II

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  32

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

  35

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  36

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  59

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  59

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  60

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

  60

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

  68

PART III

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  68

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

  73

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  92

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  94

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

  94

PART IV

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

  96

Signatures

  105

        Our registered trademarks include aspenONE, Aspen Plus, HYSYS, AspenTech, HTFS, InfoPlus.21 and DMCplus.

        Our trademarks include Aspen Capital Cost Estimator, Aspen Basic Engineering, Aspen PIMS, Aspen Petroleum Scheduler, Aspen Olefins Scheduler, Aspen Collaborative Demand Manager, Aspen Inventory Management & Operations Scheduling, Aspen Plant Scheduler, Aspen Supply Chain Planner, Aspen Petroleum Supply Chain Planner, and Aspen Retail.

        This Form 10-K contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which are intended to be covered by the safe harbors created thereby. For this purpose, any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the foregoing, the words "believes," "anticipates," "plans," "expects" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned that all forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, including the factors set forth under "Item 1A. Risk Factors." Although we believe that the assumptions underlying the forward-looking statements contained herein are reasonable, any of the assumptions could be inaccurate and there can be no assurance that actual results will be the same as those indicated by the

1


Table of Contents


forward-looking statements included in this Form 10-K. In light of significant uncertainties inherent in the forward-looking statements included herein, the inclusion of such information should not be regarded as a representation by us or any other person that our objectives and plans will be achieved. Moreover, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions or changes in other factors affecting such forward-looking statements.

2


Table of Contents


PART I

Item 1.    Business.

        This Form 10-K and our other reports filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) are available free of charge through our Internet site (http://www.aspentech.com) as soon as practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Overview

        We are a leading supplier of integrated software and services to the process industries, for which the principal markets consist of: energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and engineering and construction. Additionally, we also serve other industries such as power and utilities, consumer products, metals and mining, pulp and paper and biofuels, which manufacture and produce products from a chemical process. We provide a comprehensive, integrated suite of software applications that utilize proprietary empirical models of chemical manufacturing processes to improve plant and process design, economic evaluation, production, production planning and scheduling, supply chain optimization and operational performance, and an array of services designed to optimize the utilization of these products by our customers. We are organized into three operating segments: software licenses, maintenance and training, and professional services. Each of these operating segments has unique characteristics and faces different opportunities and challenges.

        We were incorporated in Massachusetts in 1981 and reincorporated in Delaware in 1998. For more than 25 years, we have had a track record of innovation and technology leadership in the process industries. Our customer base of over 1,500 process manufacturers includes many of the world's leading petroleum companies, chemical companies, pharmaceutical companies and engineering and construction firms that service the process industries. As of October 31, 2009, we operated globally through 26 offices in 21 countries.

Industry Background

        Process industries typically manufacture finished products by applying a controlled chemical process to a raw material that is fed continuously through the processing plant; however, in some cases, such as specialty chemicals and pharmaceuticals, finished products are produced by applying a chemical process to a specific batch of raw material, rather than a continuous feedstock.

        There are several characteristics of manufacturing properties of the process industries, as follows:

3


Table of Contents

        As a result, many process manufacturers rely heavily on our software, services and domain expertise to help them design, model and manage these complex activities.

        In addition to these factors that are common to most segments of the process industries, each vertical market has its own set of unique challenges that must be addressed in order to effectively design, model and manage operations.

Energy

Refining (Downstream)

        The downstream refining sector is characterized by very high volumes and low operating margins. Refineries are under constant pressure to maximize output, optimize product mix and minimize inventory levels when demand for petroleum products is high and capacity utilization is tight. Conversely, when demand is low and capacity utilization is poor, the refineries are under pressure to reduce costs and operate as efficiently as possible.

        At the same time, many petroleum companies have recognized that the legacy information technology (IT) systems that resulted from the mergers and acquisitions of the 1990s are inadequate. In response, companies are increasingly investing in integrated software suites that can provide better visibility into all aspects of the production process, from inventory levels throughout the system to quality and production information, as well as market dynamics. This enables them to keep lower amounts of inventory on hand, make better buy versus produce versus trade decisions, and maximize capacity utilization at the refinery level, taking into account both volume and product mix. In addition, the need for accurate integrated information is heightened by a proliferation of regional product specifications, a volatile market, and increasingly stringent environmental regulations.

        Running more barrels through the refinery at full capacity makes it difficult to keep the physical assets in prime condition and can create safety and reliability issues. Refiners are faced with the need to optimize the design of their processes and achieve more reliable and stable operations. Process engineers are challenged with making timely decisions while meeting the objectives of designing and operating efficient, safe and profitable process plants. Measuring the complex interactions among equipment, feedstock, refined products and business objectives is the key to unlocking optimization at the refinery level.

        Specifically, petroleum companies face the following challenges in managing their operations:

Oil and Gas (Upstream)

        The upstream oil and gas sector is driven by the high cost of capital investment, which has escalated as the search for new reserves takes companies to more remote, politically unstable locations

4


Table of Contents


and ever deeper waters. The high cost of investment places a premium on maximizing any expenditure. An improperly placed well that fails economically to remove all surrounding reserves or a poorly designed transmission system that requires excessive pressurization or maintenance can have a significant impact on profitability for many years. In addition, managing oil and gas assets is complicated since these assets are highly complex and interconnected. Companies must achieve high output while minimizing investment; optimize facilities to match a constantly varying slate of crudes and gases; and ensure the efficient transmission of materials through large, interconnected, and environmentally sensitive pipeline infrastructure.

        To further complicate the challenge, every decision occurs against the backdrop of rapidly fluctuating open market oil and gas prices. Unlike other segments of the process industries, where raw material price movements are smoothed through long-term contracts, oil and gas prices can oscillate rapidly from week to week or even day to day. This puts enormous pressure on companies to profit from rising prices while they can. Delayed decisions and prolonged production ramp-ups can make the difference between selling into a rising or falling market.

        Specifically, oil and gas companies face the following distinct challenges in managing their operations:

Chemicals

Bulk Chemicals

        The chemical industry produces bulk chemicals that are true commodities with little to differentiate one company's offering from another, other than price. The market is global and highly competitive. Producers routinely invest to build highly specialized, continuous process plants that minimize production costs. Existing producers must either idle an older plant, or continue to make investments in it throughout its lifetime in order to ensure that it remains cost-competitive with newer units. The most successful companies find ways to differentiate themselves through consistent product quality, customer responsiveness and operating efficiency, or to locate new plants close to feedstocks or primary markets.

        Chemical companies face a number of challenges. They need to maximize returns from expensive assets, while managing wide swings in feedstock costs and high energy costs. Due to global industrial consolidation, they face increasingly concentrated and powerful competitors building mega-scale plants to deliver maximum capacity, and customers looking for consistent product quality at the lowest possible price. This places enormous pressures on operating margins and has eroded the advantages once enjoyed by companies with established market, technology or regional positions. In the face of such intense pressure, producers have a very limited ability to raise prices and must instead focus on maximizing their throughput, increasing their supply chain efficiencies and minimizing their costs throughout the production process. All of these challenges are magnified by a shrinking talent pool—

5


Table of Contents


with experienced personnel retiring and younger, inexperienced personnel joining the ranks and running very complicated, large-scale assets.

        To respond to these pressures, many large chemical manufacturers are looking to replace the patchwork of point solutions that they currently use to design facilities and optimize production with solutions that can address operational costs as a single, interrelated whole, much in the same way that enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems squeezed costs from the interrelated transactions that define back office business processes. They must do so in such a way as to build in the expertise required to run these highly complex operations to overcome the shortage of expertise in the labor markets today.

        Specifically, bulk chemical producers face the following challenges in managing their operations:

Specialty Chemicals

        While bulk chemical producers look for ways to take cost out of their structures, the specialty chemicals manufacturers focus on providing highly differentiated, customer-specific product through innovation. The specialty chemical market can be characterized as a make-to-order industry, with many products, plants and complex supply chains. This results in a very different series of challenges. Specialty chemicals manufacturers strive to innovate and get new products to market quickly and efficiently to capture market opportunities.

        Dealing with multiple plants spread all over the world to support customers presents an additional challenge to specialty chemical producers. Knowing where to manufacture a product to derive maximum profitability while providing excellent customer service, results in very complex supply chain challenges.

        Specialty chemical manufacturers face a number of challenges. Regulatory requirements are growing only more pervasive. Requirements that were once reserved for food and beverage manufacturers are starting to appear in the specialty chemicals industry as a way to protect the downstream processes from contamination. The focus on reducing consumer risk is driving these regulatory initiatives. Specialty chemical manufacturers are implementing systems to manage their supply chains, product innovation, operations and product quality to address these issues.

        Specifically, specialty chemical companies face the following challenges in managing their operations:

6


Table of Contents

Pharmaceuticals

        Changing industry dynamics and increasing competition from generic drug products are driving pharmaceutical companies to improve their operational capabilities to improve profitability. As a result, many pharmaceutical companies are now viewing manufacturing and distribution not only as a means of meeting demanding quality and supply criteria, but also as a means of achieving a competitive advantage by reducing costs.

        Pharmaceutical companies face a number of challenges. Regulatory agencies are demanding strict, detailed material, process, and personnel tracking. In addition, companies are facing increased competition from generic drugs. As a result, companies are seeking to bring new products to market faster to maximize sales and profits during their initial patent protection period. To respond to these pressures, pharmaceutical companies are looking to implement solutions that can help them meet their regulatory requirements, reduce time to market and decrease production costs.

        Specifically, pharmaceutical companies face the following challenges in managing their operations:

Engineering and Construction

        Engineering and construction (E&C) companies design and build the assets that are used in the process industries. The business is cyclical and generally follows the pattern of the process industries that the E&C companies serve. Many of the largest E&Cs balance their portfolios by supporting a broad cross section of vertical markets in an attempt to insulate themselves from overexposure to any individual market segment.

        E&C firms compete for business on a global basis. One of the challenges they face is the need to execute large scale projects quickly, efficiently and profitably. To do this they must be able to exploit engineering resources around the world, with engineers in different locations working on the same project. In addition, the ability to execute a broad portfolio of projects is the key to the long-term health of these firms. Finally, E&C firms must pursue joint ventures and partnerships in order to compete effectively on the biggest projects.

        To respond to these challenges, E&Cs are standardizing their integrated workflows and best practices using application software so the companies can undertake more projects that can be executed simultaneously and cost-effectively. They want software to help develop the most cost-competitive designs, reduce errors and rework, and keep rates low—allowing the companies to work on projects anywhere in the world, regardless of where the end customer is located. As a result, software is vital to E&Cs to allow them to compete, collaborate and thrive in a very competitive market.

        Specifically, E&C companies face the following challenges in managing their operations:

7


Table of Contents

Other Process Industry Markets

        Other process industry markets we serve include:

        Power and Utility companies are seeking to find ways to generate more energy for a larger population, without violating increasingly stringent environmental and greenhouse gas emissions standards. The companies in this sector include regulated and de-regulated providers, as well as widely diverse generation units from hydro, wind and solar power, to natural gas, nuclear and coal-fired units. Power and utility companies use our software to design their plants, generate energy more efficiently and reduce emissions.

        Consumer Products companies need to develop and design new products to drive growth and profitability. In addition, the supply chain, extending from raw materials acquisition, through manufacturing and out to the final customer, is a key determinant of profitability. Consumer products companies use our software to reduce ramp-up times, operate their plants more efficiently and optimize their supply chains.

        Metals and Mining companies face challenges from increasing globalization, commodity price volatility and the need to drive down production costs. Energy is a major component in processing the raw materials. Metals and mining companies use our software to optimize their production operations.

        Profitability within the pulp and paper industries is largely driven by efficiencies in operations—securing raw materials cost-effectively, reducing operating costs, improving quality yield and keeping inventories low. Managing energy usage, costs and emissions is also critical. Pulp and paper companies use our software to design their processes, manage their operations more efficiently, reduce energy costs and reduce emissions.

        Biofuels is an area that is growing in importance. It is likely that governmental policies and strict emissions regulations will contribute to further growth. Our software can be used to optimize the design and operation of biofuel plants in the same way that it is used in fossil fuel or chemical plants.

Process Industry Technology

        Historically, technology solutions have played a major role in helping process companies drive productivity improvements. In the 1980s, this increase in efficiency came from the use of distributed control systems (DCS) to automate the management of plant hardware. These systems utilized computer hardware, communication networks and industrial instruments to measure, record and automatically control process variables. In the 1990s, productivity was enhanced by the adoption of ERP systems to streamline back office functions. However, although DCS and ERP solutions are important components of a solution to improve manufacturing enterprise performance, they do not incorporate either the detailed chemical engineering knowledge essential to optimize the design and operation of related manufacturing processes, or the plant performance data required to support more intelligent real-time decision-making. As a result, their ability to optimize the manufacturing process is limited.

        Today, process manufacturers are seeking tools to help them improve their operating performance, competitive position and responsiveness to increasingly volatile raw material and end markets. For

8


Table of Contents


example, while rising oil prices provide an opportunity for petroleum refiners to raise their prices, they also increase the cost of operating energy-intensive manufacturing facilities downstream. These dynamics are creating demand for intelligent decision-support products that can provide an accurate real-time understanding of a plant's capabilities, as well as accurate planning and collaborative forecasting information.

        As process manufacturers have become more adept at using products that optimize individual engineering, manufacturing and supply chain management business processes, they are increasingly seeking additional performance improvements by integrating these products, both with one another and with DCS, ERP and other enterprise systems, to provide real-time, intelligent decision support. To achieve these objectives, companies are implementing solutions that integrate related business processes within a single production facility and across multiple sites. By adding planning and scheduling functionality, companies are extending these solutions to optimize their supply chains, reduce cycle times, adjust production to meet changing customer requirements, synchronize key business processes with plants and customers across numerous geographies and time zones, and quote delivery dates more accurately and reliably.

The AspenTech Advantage

        Process manufacturers use our solutions to improve their profitability and competitiveness, not only by reducing raw material and energy use, cycle time, inventory cost and time to market, but increasingly by synchronizing and streamlining key business processes. Our competitive advantage is based on the following key attributes:

        Substantial process industry expertise.    By developing and implementing software for the process industries for more than twenty-five years, we have amassed significant process industry domain knowledge. Our employees have pioneered major advances that are considered industry-standard software applications across a wide variety of engineering, manufacturing and supply chain applications. Our services and development staff are recognized experts in delivering value to our customers based on practical experience gained from supporting numerous installations of our software worldwide.

        This significant base of chemical engineering expertise, process manufacturing experience and industry know-how serves as the foundation for the proprietary solutions, physical property models and data estimation techniques embedded in our software solutions. We continually enhance our software applications through extensive interaction with our customers, some of which have worked with our products for more than twenty years. To complement our software solutions, our staff of project engineers provides implementation and other professional services. We believe our process manufacturing operations professional services team is one of the largest and most experienced in the world.

        Large and valuable customer base.    We view our customer base of more than 1,500 process manufacturers as an important strategic asset and as evidence of one of the strongest franchises in the industry. Our relationships with leading companies in the process industries enable us to identify and develop solutions that best meet the needs of our customers. They are a valuable part of our efforts to bring new software solutions to the process industries.

        Rapid, high return on investment.    We believe that customers purchase our products because they provide rapid, demonstrable and significant returns on investment. Even small improvements in productivity can generate substantial recurring benefits due to the large production volumes and relatively low profit margins typical in many process industries. First-year savings can exceed the cost of our products. In addition, our products can generate important organizational efficiencies and operational improvements that can increase the return on investment even further. With experienced

9


Table of Contents


operators retiring, we are focused on building software that is simpler to use, however just as effective. As a result, we expect further adoption of our products by our customers.

        Integrated solutions.    As process manufacturers increasingly focus on integration and optimization of their operations, many of our existing customers have implemented our integrated application suites. The release of our aspenONE® solution in 2004 marked the evolution of our product offering from a portfolio of best-of-breed products into an integrated suite of applications. Our aspenONE software provides a unified, modular platform based around common data models that makes critical operational data more widely available to an organization and allows our customers to address inefficiencies throughout the plant. While some vendors offer stand-alone products that compete with one or more of our products, we believe we are the first provider that offers a comprehensive solution to process manufacturers that addresses key business processes in manufacturing operations. We historically have had a licensing model for our aspenONE suite of solutions which is calculated and priced on the basis of exchangeable units of measurement, or "tokens." In July 2009, we introduced a new licensing model which provides customers with flexible access to all engineering and manufacturing/supply chain solutions within the overall aspenONE suite. Customers can initially choose to implement on a standalone user basis or using tokens which are scalable as the customer's needs evolve. Each subscription-based license also provides customers with bundled maintenance and updates as well as access to new aspenONE products that may be introduced over time. Thus, our solutions can be used on a stand-alone basis, integrated with one another, or integrated with third-party applications. The breadth of our solutions expands the overall value we bring to our customers and represents an important source of competitive differentiation.

Strategy

        Our strategy is to build our market and technology leadership position by developing and delivering software that helps our customers design and run their plants and supply chains more efficiently.

        As part of this strategy we intend to:

        Deliver innovative new solutions.    With our aspenONE solution, we provide an integrated suite of engineering, manufacturing and supply chain management software applications for process manufacturing. Our aspenONE solution has been adopted by a number of leading chemical and energy companies. We intend to continue building upon our aspenONE software framework to deliver greater integration and new features.

        Facilitate widespread usage of our products.    We will continue to focus on developing software that is powerful and accurate, but that is also flexible and easy to use. In addition, we have expanded our on-line training capabilities and introduced technology to allow our customers to track their usage of our software. These attributes are becoming increasingly important to our customers as they seek to train and develop the next generation of process engineers.

        Maintain our leadership position in the process industries.    For more than 25 years, we have had a track record of innovation and technology leadership in the process industries. We have relationships with the major players and intend to continue to develop and enhance our existing offerings to respond to our customers' needs and ensure that our products are being used in the most effective manner.

Products: Software Licenses

        Our software enables our customers to optimize the profitability of their manufacturing operations. It is based upon proprietary empirical models of chemical manufacturing processes and the equipment used in those processes that provide highly accurate representations of the chemical and physical properties of a broad range of materials typically encountered in the process industries. These models

10


Table of Contents


and the associated knowledge captured in the supporting IT systems provide real-time, intelligent decision support across the entire process manufacturing enterprise.

        Our solutions are focused on three primary business areas: engineering, manufacturing, and supply chain management, and are delivered both as stand-alone solutions and as part of the integrated aspenONE product suite. The aspenONE solution framework enables our engineering, manufacturing and supply chain products to be integrated into a unified, modular platform. Additional aspenONE software modules can be added as the customer's requirements evolve. The result is enterprise-wide access to real-time, model-based information that enables manufacturers to forecast or simulate the economic impact of potential actions and make better, faster and more profitable operating decisions.

        Engineering.    Process manufacturers must be able to address a variety of challenging questions relating to strategic planning, collaborative engineering and debottlenecking and process improvement—from where they should locate their facilities, to how they can make their products at the lowest cost, to what is the best way to operate for maximum efficiency. To address these issues, they must improve asset optimization to enable faster, better execution of complex projects. Our engineering solutions help companies maximize their return on plant assets and enable collaboration with engineers on common models and projects.

        Our engineering solutions are used on the process engineer's desktop to design and improve plants and processes. Customers use our engineering software and services during both the design and ongoing operation of their facilities to model and improve the way they develop and deploy manufacturing assets. Our products enable customers to improve their return on capital, improve physical plant operating performance and bring new products to market more quickly.

        Our engineering tools are implemented on Microsoft Corporation's operating systems and typically do not require substantial professional services, although services may be provided for customized model designs and process synthesis.

        Manufacturing.    Our manufacturing products focus on optimizing our customers' day-to-day processing activities, enabling the customer to make better, more profitable decisions and improve plant performance. The typical production cycle offers many opportunities for optimizing profits. Process manufacturers must be able to address a wide range of issues driving execution efficiency and cost, from selecting the right raw materials, to production scheduling, to identifying the right balance among customer satisfaction, cost and inventory. Our manufacturing products support the execution of the optimal operating plan in real time. These solutions include desktop and server applications and IT infrastructure that enable companies to model, manage and control their plants more efficiently, helping them to make better-informed, more profitable decisions. These solutions help companies make decisions that can reduce fixed and variable costs in the plant, improve product yields, procure the right raw materials and evaluate opportunities for cost savings and efficiencies in their operations.

        Supply chain management.    Our supply chain management products enable companies to reduce inventory and increase asset efficiency by giving them the tools to optimize their supply chain decisions, from choosing the right raw materials to delivering finished product in the most cost-effective manner. The ever-changing nature of the process industries means new profit opportunities can appear at any time. To identify and seize these opportunities, process manufacturers must be able to increase their access to data and information across the value chain, optimize planning and collaborate across the value chain, and detect and exploit supply chain opportunities. Our supply chain management solutions include desktop and server applications and IT infrastructure that enable manufacturers to operate their plants and supply chains more efficiently, from customer demand through manufacturing to delivery of the finished product. These solutions help companies to reduce inventory carrying costs, respond more quickly to changes in market conditions and improve customer service.

11


Table of Contents

        The table below shows the five integrated aspenONE modules we have developed across the three business areas, the major products that are contained within those modules, and the typical customer benefits arising from deployment of our solutions.

Business Area
  aspenONE Module   Major Products   Typical Customer Benefits
Engineering   Engineering  

•       Aspen Plus®

•       Aspen HYSYS®

•       Aspen Capital Cost Estimator™

•       HTFS®

•       Aspen Basic Engineering

 

•       Reduced capital and operating costs

•       Reduced time to ramp up manufacturing

•       Lowered manufacturing costs

•       Increased asset utilization

•       Increased production flexibility and agility

•       More efficient execution of capital projects

Manufacturing

 

Production Management & Execution

 

•       Aspen InfoPlus.21®

 

•       Improved asset efficiency

•       Reduced energy costs

    Advanced Process Control  

•       Aspen DMCplus®

 

•       Reduced costs of regulatory compliance

•       Increased throughput

•       Improved product consistency

•       Improved process stability and control

Supply Chain

 

Supply & Distribution

 

•       Aspen Inventory Management & Operations Scheduling™

•       Aspen Petroleum Supply Chain Planner™

•       Aspen Retail™

 

•       Improved asset efficiency

•       Improved responses to customer requirements

•       Improved responses to changes in market conditions

    Planning & Scheduling  

•       Aspen PIMS™

•       Aspen Petroleum Scheduler™

•       Aspen Olefins Scheduler™

•       Aspen Plant Scheduler

•       Aspen Supply Planner

•       Aspen Collaborative Demand Manager™

 

•       Reduced inventory carrying costs

•       Improved feedstock selection

•       Decreased planning costs

        Our software products can be linked with a customer's existing ERP products and DCS to further improve the customer's ability to gather, analyze and use the resulting information across the process manufacturing continuum. They provide decision support tools that use real-time plant information to determine the best economic alternative for the enterprise. These decisions cannot be adequately made by simply analyzing historical data from ERP systems or from disparate software applications that are not integrated. By modeling future operational behavior, using consistent data and models of customer facilities, our products provide customers with a path to capturing economic value and materially improving profitability.

Maintenance and Training

        Our maintenance business consists primarily of providing customer technical support and access to software fixes and upgrades, when and if they become available. Our customer technical support services are provided throughout the world by our three global call centers as well as via email and through our support website. Our training business consists of a variety of different types of training solutions ranging from standardized training which can be delivered in a public forum or on-site at a customer's location, to customized training sessions which can be tailored to fit customer needs.

Professional Services

        We offer professional services to provide our customers with complete solutions. These services include designing, analyzing, debottlenecking and improving plant performance through continuous process improvements, coupled with activities aimed at operating the plant safely and reliably while minimizing energy costs and improving yields and throughput. Our implementation and configuration

12


Table of Contents


services are primarily associated with the deployment of our manufacturing and supply chain management solutions. We generally charge customers for professional services, ranging from supply chain to on-site advanced process control and optimization services, on a fixed-price basis or time-and-materials basis.

        In order to provide professional services to our customers, we primarily employ project engineers with degrees in chemical engineering or a similar discipline, or who have significant relevant industry experience. Our employees include experts in fields such as thermophysical properties, distillation, adsorption processes, polymer processes, industrial reactor modeling, the identification of empirical models for process control or analysis, large-scale optimization, supply distribution systems modeling and scheduling methods.

Strategic Alliances

        We have established strategic alliances with select companies that offer a complementary set of technologies, services and industry expertise that help us commercialize and accelerate the adoption of our solutions. In addition to these strategic alliances, we are focused on developing new channel partners, including resellers, agents and systems integrators, which can help increase sales in specific regions and target markets. Historically, most of our license sales have been generated through our direct sales force.

Technology and Product Development

        Our base of chemical engineering expertise, process manufacturing experience and industry know-how serves as the foundation for the proprietary solution methods, physical property models and industry-specific business process knowledge embedded in our software solutions. Our software and services solutions combine three of our core competencies:

        Our product development activities are currently focused on strengthening the integration of our applications and adding new capabilities that address specific mission-critical operational business processes in each industry. During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we incurred research and development costs of $41.5 million, $45.2 million, and $42.7 million, respectively, which represented 13.3%, 14.5%, and 12.5% of total revenues, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

        We employ a value-based sales approach, offering our customers a comprehensive suite of software and services that enhance the efficiency and productivity of the customer's process manufacturing

13


Table of Contents


operations. We have increasingly focused on selling our products as a strategic investment for our customers and therefore devote an increasing portion of our sales efforts at senior management levels, including senior decision-makers in manufacturing, operations and technology. Our aspenONE solution strategy supports this value-based approach by broadening the scope of optimization across the entire spectrum of operations and expanding the use of process models in the operations environment by linking engineering, plant and business systems to improve our customers' visibility into their manufacturing operations.

Competition

        Our markets are highly competitive and characterized by rapid technological change. We expect the intensity of competition in our markets to increase as existing competitors enhance and expand their product and service offerings and as new participants enter the market. Increased competition may result in price reductions, reduced profitability and loss of market share. We cannot ensure that we will be able to compete successfully against existing or future competitors. Some of our customers and companies with which we have strategic relationships also are, or may become, competitors.

        Many of our current and potential competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing, service and other resources than we have in a particular market segment or overall. Companies with greater financial resources may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services, or other incentives that we cannot match or offer. These competitors may be in a stronger position to respond quickly to new technologies and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. They also may adopt more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to potential customers, employees and strategic partners.

        Many of our competitors have established, and in the future may establish, cooperative relationships with third parties to improve their product offerings and to increase the availability of their products to the marketplace. In addition, competitors may make strategic acquisitions to increase their ability to gain market share or improve the quality or marketability of their products. These cooperative relationships and strategic acquisitions could reduce our market share; require us to lower our prices, or both.

        Our primary competitors differ among our three principal business areas: engineering, manufacturing, and supply chain management. Our engineering software competes with products of businesses such as ABB Ltd, Chemstations, Inc., Honeywell International, Inc., Invensys plc, KBC Advanced Technologies plc, and Shell Global Solutions International BV. Our manufacturing software competes with products of companies such as ABB Ltd., Honeywell International, Inc., Invensys plc, OSIsoft, Inc., Rockwell Automation, Inc., Siemens AG and SAP. Our supply chain management software competes with products of companies such as i2 Technologies, Inc., Infor Global Solutions, Manugistics, Inc. (a subsidiary of JDA Software Group, Inc.), Oracle Corporation, and SAP. In addition, we face competition in all areas of our business from large companies in the process industries that have internally developed their own proprietary software solutions.

        We believe the key competitive differentiator in our industry is the value, or return on investment, that our software and services provide. We seek to develop and offer an integrated suite of targeted, high-value vertical industry solutions that can be implemented with relatively limited service requirements. We believe this approach provides us with an advantage over many of our competitors that offer software products that are more service-based. The principal competitive factors in our industry also include:

14


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

        We regard our software as proprietary and rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws, license and confidentiality agreements, and software security measures to protect our proprietary rights. We have obtained or applied for patent protection with respect to some of our intellectual property, but generally do not rely on patents as a principal means of protecting intellectual property. We have registered or applied to register some of our significant trademarks in the U.S. and in selected other countries.

        We generally enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees and customers, and historically have restricted access to our software source code and licenses, which we regard as proprietary information. In certain cases, we provide copies of source code to customers solely for the purpose of special product customization or have deposited copies of the source code in third-party escrow accounts as security for ongoing service and license obligations. In these cases, we rely on non-disclosure and other contractual provisions to protect our proprietary rights.

        The laws of many countries in which our products are licensed may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S. The laws of many countries in which we license our products protect trademarks solely on the basis of registration. We currently possess a limited number of trademark registrations in selected foreign jurisdictions and have applied for certain copyright and patent registrations to protect our products in certain foreign jurisdictions where we conduct business.

        The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to deter misappropriation of our technology or independent development by others of technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. Any misappropriation of our technology or development of competitive technologies could harm our business. We could incur substantial costs in protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights.

        Moreover, from time to time third parties may assert patent, trademark, copyright and other intellectual property rights to technologies that are important to our business. In such an event, we may incur significant costs in litigating a resolution to the asserted claims. The outcome of any litigation might require that we pay damages or obtain a license of a third party's proprietary rights in order to continue licensing our products as currently offered. If such a license were required, it might not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

        We believe that the success of our business depends more on the quality of our proprietary software products, technology, processes and know-how than on trademarks, copyrights or patents. While we consider our intellectual property rights to be valuable, we do not believe that our competitive position in the industry is dependent simply on obtaining legal protection for our software products and technology. Instead, we believe that the success of our business depends primarily on our ability to maintain a leadership position by developing proprietary software products, technology, information, processes and know-how. Nevertheless, we attempt to protect our intellectual property rights with respect to our products and development processes through trademark, copyright and patent registrations, both foreign and domestic, whenever appropriate as part of our ongoing research and development activities.

15


Table of Contents

Employees

        As of October 18, 2009, we had a total of 1,311 full-time employees, of whom 704 were located in the U.S. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, except for approximately 9 employees of Hyprotech UK Limited who belong to the Prospect union for professionals. We have experienced no work stoppages and believe that our employee relations are satisfactory.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors.

        Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below before purchasing our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would likely suffer. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could fall, and you may lose all or part of the money you paid to buy our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our operating results and stock price will be adversely affected from our new subscription-based licensing offering and will be further adversely affected if customers do not react favorably to our new subscription-based licensing offering.

        In July, 2009, we introduced a new license offering for our aspenONE software suite in which customers are granted access to specific sets of our software products. Access to the aspenONE suite is calculated and priced on the basis of exchangeable units of measurement, or "tokens." Maintenance and updates are included in the license, as well as access to any new software products added to the aspenONE suite during the license term.

        Previously, we typically recognized the net present value of license fees over the license term as revenue in the period in which the license agreement was signed and the software was delivered to the customer. We expect our new aspenONE licensing offering to result in revenue being recognized on a subscription basis over the term of multi-year contracts. Although we expect the new licensing offering to result in increased customer usage and higher revenues over time, we are not able to predict the rate of adoption of the new license offering, and therefore cannot predict the timing or amount of future revenues or level of profitability. As referenced in our current report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on July 9, 2009, we expect that this change from predominantly up-front revenue recognition will result in our reporting significantly lower revenue and large operating losses in the near-term. The announcement of such losses as well as the lack of visibility into future operating results may have a significant adverse effect on our stock price.

Our operating results depend on customers in or serving the energy, chemicals, pharmaceutical, and engineering and construction industries, which are highly cyclical, and our operating results may suffer if these industries continue to experience an economic downturn.

        Our operating results depend on companies in or serving the energy, chemicals, engineering and construction and pharmaceutical industries. Accordingly, our future success depends upon the continued demand for manufacturing optimization software and services by companies in these process manufacturing industries. These industries are highly cyclical and highly reactive to the price of oil, as well as general economic conditions. At least one of our customers has filed for bankruptcy protection, which may affect associated cash receipts and the extent to which revenue from this customer may be recognized. There is no assurance that other customers may not also seek bankruptcy or other similar relief from creditors, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

16


Table of Contents

        Adverse changes in the economy and global economic and political uncertainty have previously caused delays and reductions in IT spending by our customers and a consequent deterioration of the markets for our products and services, particularly our manufacturing/supply chain product suites. If adverse economic conditions persist, we would likely experience reductions, delays and postponements of customer purchases that will negatively impact our operating results.

        In addition, in the past, worldwide economic downturns and pricing pressures experienced by energy, chemical, and other process industries have led to consolidations and reorganizations. These downturns, pricing pressures and reorganizations have caused delays and reductions in capital and operating expenditures by many of these companies. These delays and reductions have reduced demand for products and services like ours. A recurrence of these industry patterns, including any recurrence that may occur in connection with current global economic events, as well as general domestic and foreign economic conditions and other factors that reduce spending by companies in these industries, could harm our operating results in the future.

Securities litigation based on our restatement of our consolidated financial statements due to our prior software accounting practices may subject us to substantial damages and expenses, may require significant management time, and may damage our reputation.

        In March 2006, we settled class action litigation, including related derivative claims, arising out of our originally filed consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2000 through 2004, the accounting for which we restated in March 2005. Members of the class who opted out of the settlement (representing 1,457,969 shares of common stock, or less than 1% of the shares putatively purchased during the class action period) brought their own state or federal law claims against us, referred to as "opt-out" claims.

        Separate actions were filed on behalf of the holders of approximately 1.1 million shares who either opted out of the class action settlement or were not covered by that settlement. One of these actions was settled. The claims in the remaining actions (described below) include claims against us and one or more of our former officers alleging securities and common law fraud, breach of contract, statutory treble damages, deceptive practices and/or rescissory damages liability, based on the restated results of one or more fiscal periods included in our restated consolidated financial statements referenced in the class action.

        The remaining claims in the Blecker and 380544 Canada actions referenced above are for damages totaling at least $20 million, not including claims for treble damages and attorneys' fees. We plan to defend these actions vigorously. We can provide no assurance as to the outcome of these opt-out claims

17


Table of Contents


or the likelihood of the filing of additional opt-out claims, and these claims may result in judgments against us for significant damages. Regardless of the outcome, such litigation has resulted in the past, and may continue to result in the future, in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business.

        We are required to advance legal fees (subject to undertakings of repayment if required) and may be required to indemnify certain of our current or former directors and officers in connection with civil, criminal or regulatory proceedings or actions, and such indemnification commitments may be costly. Our executive and organization liability insurance policies provide only limited liability protection relating to such actions against us and certain of our officers and directors, and will likely not cover the costs of director and officer indemnification or other liabilities incurred by us; accordingly, if we are unable to achieve a favorable settlement thereof, our financial condition could be materially harmed. Also, increased premiums could materially harm our financial results in future periods. Our inability to obtain coverage due to prohibitively expensive premiums would make it more difficult to retain and attract officers and directors and expose us to potentially self-funding any potential future liabilities ordinarily mitigated by such liability insurance.

The modification of the consent decree with the Federal Trade Commission and the related settlement with Honeywell International, Inc. could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        In December 2004, we entered into a consent decree with the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) with respect to a civil administrative complaint filed by the FTC in August 2003 alleging that our acquisition of Hyprotech Ltd. and related subsidiaries of AEA Technology plc (Hyprotech) in May 2002 was anticompetitive in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act and Section 7 of the Clayton Act. In connection with the consent decree, we entered into an agreement with Honeywell International, Inc. (Honeywell), on October 6, 2004 (Honeywell Agreement), pursuant to which we transferred our operator training business and our rights to the intellectual property of various legacy Hyprotech products. We are subject to ongoing compliance obligations under the FTC consent decree. We responded to requests by the Staff of the FTC beginning in 2006 for information relating to the Staff's investigation of whether we have complied with the consent decree. In addition, the FTC voted to recommend to the Consumer Litigation Division (Division) of the U.S. Department of Justice that the Division commence litigation against us relating to our alleged failure to comply with certain aspects of the decree. Although we believe that we complied with the consent decree and that the assertions by the FTC Staff were without merit, we engaged in settlement discussions with the FTC Staff regarding this matter. Following such discussions, on July 6, 2009, we announced that the FTC closed the investigation relating to the alleged violations of the decree, and issued an order modifying the consent decree. Following a thirty-day period for public comment on the modification to the original decree, the modified order became final on August 20, 2009. The modification to the 2004 consent decree requires that we continue to provide the ability for users to save input variable case data for Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics software in a standard "portable" format, which will make it easier for users to transfer case data from later versions of the products to earlier versions. AspenTech will also provide documentation to Honeywell of the Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics input variables, as well as documentation of the covered heat exchange products. These requirements will apply to all existing and future versions of the covered products up to 2014. In addition, in connection with the settlement of the related litigation with Honeywell, AspenTech has provided to Honeywell a license to modify and distribute (in object code form) certain versions of AspenTech's flare system analyzer software. There is no assurance that the actions required by the FTC's modified order and related settlement with Honeywell will not provide Honeywell with additional competitive advantages that could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

18


Table of Contents


In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and our failure to remedy the material weaknesses identified as of June 30, 2009 could result in material misstatements in our financial statements.

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting, as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). Our management identified four material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

        The material weaknesses identified by management as of June 30, 2009 consisted of:

        As a result of these material weaknesses, our management concluded as of June 30, 2009 that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective based on criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—An Integrated Framework (September 1992).

        We have begun to implement and continue to implement remedial measures designed to address these material weaknesses. If these remedial measures are insufficient to address these material weaknesses, or if additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control are discovered or occur in the future, we may fail to meet our future reporting obligations on a timely basis, our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements, we could be required to restate our prior period financial results, our operating results may be harmed, we may be subject to class action litigation, and if we regain listing on a public exchange, our common stock could be delisted from that exchange. Any failure to address the identified material weaknesses or any additional material weaknesses in our internal control could also adversely affect the results of the periodic management evaluations regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that are required to be included in our annual reports on Form 10-K. Internal control deficiencies could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. We can give no assurance that the measures we plan to take in the future will remediate the material weaknesses identified or that any additional material weaknesses or additional restatements of financial results will not arise in the future due to a failure to implement and maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or circumvention of these controls. In addition, even if we are successful in strengthening our controls and procedures, in the future those controls and procedures may not be adequate to prevent or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation of our consolidated financial statements.

If in the future we are not current in our SEC fillings, we will face several adverse consequences.

        If we are unable to remain current in our financial filings, investors in our securities will not have information regarding our business and financial condition with which to make decisions regarding investment in our securities. In addition, we would not be able to have a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (Securities Act), covering a public offering of securities declared effective by the SEC, and we would not be able to make offerings pursuant to existing registration statements or pursuant to certain "private placement" rules of the SEC under Regulation D to any purchasers not

19


Table of Contents


qualifying as "accredited investors." The lack of an effective registration statement would also result in our employees being unable to exercise vested options, which could affect our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel. We also would not be eligible to use a "short form" registration statement on Form S-3 for a period of twelve months after the time we became current in our filings. These restrictions may impair our ability to raise funds should we desire to do so and may adversely affect our financial condition. If we are unable to remain current in our filings, and we are not able to obtain waivers under our financing arrangements, it might become necessary to repay certain borrowings, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

Our common stock has been delisted from The NASDAQ Stock Market and transferred to the Pink Sheets electronic quotation service, which may, among other things, reduce the price of our common stock and the levels of liquidity available to our stockholders.

        As a result of our inability to timely file the Form 10-K for fiscal year 2007, NASDAQ issued a Staff Determination to us that, in the absence of a request for a hearing, would have resulted in suspension of trading of our common stock, and filing of a Form 25-NSE with the SEC to remove our securities from listing and registration on The NASDAQ Stock Market. NASDAQ subsequently issued an Additional Staff Determination citing our inability to timely file our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007 as an additional basis for delisting our securities. An oral hearing was held at our request on November 15, 2007. At the hearing, we requested an extension of time to cure our SEC filing deficiency. The NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Panel, or the Panel, determined on January 7, 2008 to grant our request for continued listing, subject to certain conditions, including filing our Form 10-K for fiscal year 2007 and our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2007, by January 18, 2008. On January 28, 2008, the Panel granted our request for an extension for continued listing on The NASDAQ Global Market through February 8, 2008. On February 14, 2008, we received a letter advising us that the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Panel had determined to delist our shares from The NASDAQ Stock Market, and trading of our shares was suspended effective at the open of business on February 19, 2008. Our common stock has been quoted on the Pink OTC Markets Inc. electronic quotation service beginning on February 19, 2008.

        There is no assurance that we will regain listing of our common stock on a public exchange. If we regain listing and thereafter fail to keep current in our SEC filings or to comply with the applicable continued listing requirements, our common stock might be and subsequently would trade in the Pink Sheets electronic quotation service, or the Pink Sheets. The trading of our common stock in the Pink Sheets may reduce the price of our common stock and the levels of liquidity available to our stockholders. In addition, the trading of our common stock in the Pink Sheets would materially adversely affect our access to the capital markets, and the limited liquidity and potentially reduced price of our common stock could materially adversely affect our ability to raise capital through alternative financing sources on terms acceptable to us or at all. Stocks that trade in the Pink Sheets are no longer eligible for margin loans, and a company trading in the Pink Sheets cannot avail itself of federal preemption of state securities or "blue sky" laws, which adds substantial compliance costs to securities issuances, including pursuant to employee option plans, stock purchase plans and private or public offerings of securities. If we regain listing and are delisted in the future and transferred to the Pink Sheets, there may also be other negative implications, including the potential loss of confidence by suppliers, customers and employees, and the loss of institutional investor interest in our company.

Our international operations are complex and if we fail to manage those operations effectively, the growth of our business would be limited and our operating results would be adversely affected.

        As of October 18, 2009, we had 26 offices in 21 countries. We sell our products primarily through a direct sales force located throughout the world. In the event that we are unable to adequately staff and maintain our foreign operations, we could face difficulties managing our international operations.

20


Table of Contents


We also rely, to a lesser extent, on distributors and resellers to sell our products and market our services internationally, and our inability to manage and maintain those relationships would limit our ability to generate revenue outside the U.S. Effective October 6, 2009, we terminated a reseller outside the U.S. See our risk factor below titled "Our revenue growth, operating results, financial condition or cash flows may be materially and adversely affected by recent events in connection with reseller relationships." The complexities of our operations also require us to make significant expenditures to ensure that our operations are compliant with regulatory requirements in numerous foreign jurisdictions. To the extent we are unable to manage the various risks associated with our complex international operations effectively, the growth and profitability of our business may be adversely affected.

Our business may suffer if we fail to address challenges associated with transacting business internationally.

        Customers outside the U.S. accounted for a material amount of our total revenues in fiscal 2009 and 2008. We anticipate that revenues from customers outside the U.S. will continue to account for a material portion of our total revenues for the foreseeable future. Our operations outside the U.S. are subject to additional risks, including:

        In addition, the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our operating results cannot be accurately predicted. From time to time we have engaged in economic hedging of a significant portion of installment contracts denominated in foreign currencies. In fiscal 2009 we stopped engaging in economic hedging; however, we may resume this practice in the future. Any hedging policies we implement may not be successful, and the cost of these hedging techniques may have a significant negative impact on our operating results.

Competition from software offered by current competitors and new market entrants, as well as from internally developed solutions, could adversely affect our ability to sell our software products and related services and could result in pressure to price our products in a manner that reduces our margins.

        Our markets in general are highly competitive and differ among our three principal product areas: engineering, manufacturing, and supply chain management. Our engineering software competes with products of businesses such as ABB Ltd, Chemstations, Inc., Honeywell International, Inc., Invensys plc, KBC Advanced Technologies plc, and Shell Global Solutions International BV. Our manufacturing software competes with products of companies such as ABB Ltd., Honeywell International, Inc., Invensys plc, OSIsoft, Inc., Rockwell Automation, Inc., Siemens AG and SAP. Our supply chain management software competes with products of companies such as i2 Technologies, Inc., Infor Global Solutions, Manugistics, Inc. (a subsidiary of JDA Software Group, Inc.), Oracle Corporation, and SAP. In addition, we face competition in all areas of our business from large companies in the process industries that have internally developed their own proprietary software solutions.

21


Table of Contents

        Many of our current and potential competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing, service and other resources than we have. As a result, these companies may be able to offer lower prices, additional products or services, or other incentives that we cannot match or offer. These competitors may be in a stronger position to respond more quickly to new technologies and may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. We believe they also have adopted and may continue to pursue more aggressive pricing policies and make more attractive offers to potential customers, employees and strategic partners. In addition, many of our competitors have established, and may in the future continue to establish, cooperative relationships with third parties to improve their product offerings and to increase the availability of their products in the marketplace. Competitors with greater financial resources may make strategic acquisitions to increase their ability to gain market share or improve the quality or marketability of their products.

        Competition could seriously impede our ability to sell additional software products and related services on terms favorable to us. Businesses may continue to enhance their internally developed solutions, rather than investing in commercial software such as ours. Our current and potential commercial competitors may develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future products obsolete, unmarketable or less competitive. In addition, if these competitors develop products with similar or superior functionality to our products, we may need to decrease the prices for our products in order to remain competitive. If we are unable to maintain our current pricing due to competitive pressures, our margins will be reduced and our operating results will be negatively affected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors or that competitive pressures will not materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we fail to develop new software products or enhance existing products and services, we will be unable to implement our product strategy successfully and our business could be seriously harmed.

        Enterprises are requiring their application software vendors to provide greater levels of functionality and broader product offerings. Moreover, competitors continue to make rapid technological advances in computer hardware and software technology and frequently introduce new products, services and enhancements. We must continue to enhance our current product line and develop and introduce new products and services that keep pace with increasingly sophisticated customer requirements and the technological developments of our competitors. Our business and operating results could suffer if we cannot successfully respond to the technological advances of competitors, or if our new products or product enhancements and services do not achieve market acceptance.

        Under our business plan, we are implementing a product strategy that unifies our software solutions under the aspenONE brand with differentiated aspenONE vertical solutions targeted at specific process industry segments. We cannot assure you that our product strategy will result in products that will meet market needs and achieve significant market acceptance.

Defects or errors in our software products could harm our reputation, impair our ability to sell our products and result in significant costs to us.

        Our software products are complex and may contain undetected defects or errors. We have not suffered significant harm from any defects or errors to date, but we have from time to time found defects in our products and we may discover additional defects in the future. We may not be able to detect and correct defects or errors before releasing products. Consequently, we or our customers may discover defects or errors after our products have been implemented. We have in the past issued, and

22


Table of Contents


may in the future need to issue, corrective releases of our products to remedy defects or errors. The occurrence of any defects or errors could result in:

        Defects and errors in our software products could result in an increase in service and warranty costs or claims for substantial damages against us.

We may be subject to significant expenses and damages because of liability claims related to our products and services.

        We may be subject to significant expenses and damages because of liability claims related to our products and services. The sale and implementation of certain of our software products and services, particularly in the areas of advanced process control, supply chain and optimization, entail the risk of product liability claims and associated damages. Our software products and services are often integrated with our customers' networks and software applications and are used in the design, operation and management of manufacturing and supply chain processes at large facilities, often for mission critical applications.

        Any errors, defects, performance problems or other failure of our software could result in significant liability to us for damages or for violations of environmental, safety and other laws and regulations. We are currently defending a customer claim of approximately $5 million that certain of our software products and implementation services failed to meet customer expectations. In addition, our software products and implementation services could continue to give rise to warranty and other claims. We are unable to determine whether resolution of any of these matters will have a material adverse impact on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations, or, in many cases, reasonably estimate the amount of the loss, if any, that may result from the resolution of these matters.

        Our agreements with our customers generally contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to potential product liability claims. It is possible, however, that the limitation of liability provisions in our agreements may not be effective as a result of federal, foreign, state or local laws or ordinances or unfavorable judicial decisions. A substantial product liability judgment against us could materially and adversely harm our operating results and financial condition. Even if our software is not at fault, a product liability claim brought against us could be time-consuming, costly to defend and harmful to our operations.

Implementation of some of our products can be difficult and time-consuming, and customers may be unable to implement those products successfully or otherwise achieve the benefits attributable to them.

        Some scheduling applications and integrated supply chain products must integrate with the existing computer systems and software programs of our customers. This can be complex, time-consuming and expensive. As a result, some customers may have difficulty in implementing those products or be unable to implement them successfully or otherwise achieve the benefits attributable to them. Delayed

23


Table of Contents


or ineffective implementation of those software products or related services may limit our ability to expand our revenues and may result in customer dissatisfaction, harm to our reputation and customer unwillingness to pay the fees associated with these products.

We may suffer losses on fixed-price professional service engagements.

        We undertake a portion of our professional service engagements on a fixed-price basis. Under these types of engagements, we bear the risk of cost overruns and inflation, and in the past we have experienced cost overruns, which on occasion have been significant. Should the number of our fixed-price engagements increase in the future, we may experience additional cost overruns which could have a more pronounced impact on our operating results.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights, which could make us less competitive and cause us to lose market share.

        We regard our software as proprietary and rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws, license and confidentiality agreements, and software security measures to protect our proprietary rights. We have registered or have applied to register several of our significant trademarks in the U.S. and in certain other countries. We generally enter into non-disclosure agreements with our employees and customers, and historically have restricted access to our software products' source codes, which we regard as proprietary information. In a few cases, we have provided copies of the source code for some of our products to customers solely for the purpose of special product customization and have deposited copies of the source code for some of our products in third-party escrow accounts as security for ongoing service and license obligations. In these cases, we rely on non-disclosure and other contractual provisions to protect our proprietary rights.

        The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to deter misappropriation of our technology or independent development by others of technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our technology. Any misappropriation of our technology or development of competitive technologies could harm our business and could force us to incur substantial costs in protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights. The laws of some countries in which our products are licensed do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S.

Third-party claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others may be costly to defend or settle and could damage our business.

        We cannot be certain that our software and services do not infringe issued patents, copyrights, trademarks or other intellectual property rights of third parties. Litigation regarding intellectual property rights is common in the software industry, and we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims from time to time, including claims of alleged infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties by us or our licensees concerning their use of our software products and integration technologies and services. Although we believe that our intellectual property rights are sufficient to allow us to market our software without incurring liability to third parties, third parties may bring claims of infringement against us. Because our software is integrated with our customers' networks and business processes, as well as other software applications, third parties may bring claims of infringement against us, as well as our customers and other software suppliers, if the cause of the alleged infringement cannot easily be determined. Such claims may be with or without merit.

24


Table of Contents

        Claims of alleged infringement may have a material adverse effect on our business and may discourage potential customers from doing business with us on acceptable terms, if at all. Defending against claims of infringement may be time-consuming and may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, including our management's attention to our business. Furthermore, a party making an infringement claim could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from selling our software or require that we re-engineer some or all of our products. Claims of intellectual property infringement also might require us to enter costly royalty or license agreements. We may be unable, however, to obtain royalty or license agreements on terms acceptable to us or at all. Our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed significantly if any of these events occurred, and the price of our common stock could be adversely affected. Furthermore, former employers of our current and future employees may assert that our employees have improperly disclosed confidential or proprietary information to us. In addition, we have agreed, and may agree in the future, to indemnify certain of our customers against claims that our software infringes upon the intellectual property rights of others. Although we carry general liability insurance, our current insurance coverage may not apply to, and likely would not protect us from, liability that may be imposed under any of the types of claims described above.

Because some of our software products incorporate or otherwise require technology licensed from, or provided by, third parties, the loss of our right to use that third-party technology or defects in that technology could harm our business.

        Some of our software products incorporate or otherwise require technology that is licensed from, or otherwise provided by, third parties. There is no assurance that the suppliers of such software will continue to license to us or that they will renew or not terminate the license contracts. Any interruption in the supply or support of any such third-party software could materially adversely affect our sales, unless and until we can replace the functionality provided by the third-party software. In addition, we depend on these third parties to deliver and support reliable products, enhance our current software, develop new software on a timely and cost-effective basis and respond to emerging industry standards and other technological changes. The failure of these third parties to meet these criteria could materially harm our business.

If we are not successful in attracting, integrating and retaining highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.

        Our ability to establish and maintain a position of technology leadership in the highly competitive software market depends in large part upon our ability to attract, integrate and retain highly qualified managerial, sales, technical and accounting personnel. Competition for qualified personnel in the software industry is intense. We have from time to time in the past experienced, and we expect to continue to experience in the future, difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. Our future success will depend in large part on our ability to attract, integrate and retain a sufficient number of highly qualified personnel, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so.

Our revenue growth, operating results, financial condition or cash flows may be materially and adversely affected by recent events in connection with reseller relationships.

        Prior to October 6, 2009, we had an exclusive reseller relationship covering certain countries in the Middle East with a reseller known as, AspenTech Middle East W.L.L., a Kuwait corporation (ATME or the reseller). Effective October 6, 2009, we terminated the reseller relationship for material breach by the reseller based on certain actions of the reseller. On November 2, 2009 the reseller filed a Claim Form (Arbitration) in the High Court of Justice, Queen's Bench Division, Commercial Court, London,

25


Table of Contents


England, reference 2009 Folio 1436 in the matter of an intended arbitration between the reseller and us, seeking an injunction against certain activities by us in the alleged former territory of the reseller. We believe that the reseller's claims are without merit, inasmuch as our termination of the relationship was based on actions by the reseller constituting material breach as defined in the reseller agreement document, and that the reseller is not entitled to such an injunction. We therefore intend to defend the claims vigorously. We can provide no assurance as to the outcome of this proceeding or the likelihood of the filing of additional proceedings such as a full arbitration, and these claims may result in judgments against us for significant damages and a possible injunction that would threaten our ability to do business directly in certain countries in the Middle East. In addition, regardless of the outcome, such claims may result in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business. The reseller agreement document relating to the terminated relationship contained a provision whereby we could be liable for a termination fee if the agreement were terminated other than for material breach. This fee would be calculated based on a formula contained in the reseller agreement that we believe was originally developed based on certain assumptions about the future financial performance of the reseller, as well as the reseller's actual financial performance. Based on the formula and the financial information provided to us by the reseller, which we have not had the opportunity to verify independently, a recent calculation associated with termination other than for material breach based on the formula would result in a termination fee of between $60 million and $77 million. Under the terminated reseller agreement document, no termination fee is owed on termination for material breach.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our common stock may experience substantial price and volume fluctuations.

        The equity markets have from time to time experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations, particularly in the high technology sector, and those fluctuations have often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. In addition, factors such as changes to our business model, our financial performance, announcements of technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors, as well as market conditions in the computer software or hardware industries, may have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock.

        In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a public company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against the company. This type of litigation against us could result in substantial liability and costs and divert management's attention and resources.

Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited, and our failure to raise capital when needed could prevent us from executing our business plan.

        We expect that our current cash balances, future cash flows from our operations, and continued ability to sell installment receivable contracts will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. We may need to obtain additional financing thereafter or earlier, however, if our current plans and projections prove to be inaccurate or our expected cash flows prove to be insufficient to fund our operations because of lower-than-expected revenues, fewer sales of installment receivable contracts, unanticipated expenses or other unforeseen difficulties.

        Our ability to obtain additional financing will depend on a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance, the quality of our installment receivable contracts, and the availability of capital in the credit markets. These factors may make the timing, amount, terms and conditions of any financing unattractive. If adequate funds are not available, or are not available on

26


Table of Contents


acceptable terms, we may have to forego strategic acquisitions or investments, reduce or defer our development activities or delay our introduction of new products and services.

        Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities may dilute the existing shareholder percentage ownership of our common stock. Furthermore, any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to our common stock. Capital raised through debt financings could require us to make periodic interest payments and could impose potentially restrictive covenants on the conduct of our business.

Our corporate documents and provisions of Delaware law may prevent a change in control or management that stockholders may consider desirable.

        Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our charter and our by-laws contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover of our company.

        These provisions include:

        These provisions could:

Sales of shares of common stock issued upon the conversion of our previously outstanding Series D-1 preferred stock may result in a decrease in the price of our common stock.

        Private equity funds managed by Advent International Corporation have the right to require that we register under the Securities Act the shares of common stock that were issued upon the conversion of our previously outstanding Series D-1 preferred stock and upon the exercise of certain previously outstanding warrants. In addition, these funds could sell certain of such shares without registration. In May 2006, we received a demand letter from such funds requesting the registration of all of the shares of common stock covered by those registration rights, for sale in an underwritten public offering. Pursuant to this request, in April 2007 we filed a registration statement for a public offering of 18,000,000 shares of common stock held by such funds. The registration statement also covered 2,700,000 shares that would be subject to an option to be granted to the underwriters by such funds solely to cover overallotments. On July 30, 2008, we applied to withdraw this registration statement and requested the SEC's consent thereto. Any sale of common stock into the public market could cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

27


Table of Contents


There may be an increase in the sales volume of our common stock when we are current in our Exchange Act filings, and any sales of shares into the public market may cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

        As previously disclosed, on December 6, 2007, our board of directors approved the extension of the exercise periods of certain outstanding stock options that would otherwise likely expire prior to our becoming current in our Exchange Act filings. When we were not current in those filings, we were unable, under applicable securities laws, to issue shares pursuant to exercises of options. Sales of shares upon exercise of those and other options, or sales of shares subsequent to lapse of forfeiture restrictions on restricted stock units, may cause increased selling pressure in the market for our stock, which has generally traded at volume levels substantially less than those prior to the delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Stock Market on February 19, 2008. Any sales of shares into the public market may cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments.

        None.

Item 2.    Properties.

        In May 2007, we entered into a lease agreement with respect to office space in Burlington, Massachusetts. Commencing September 1, 2007, we moved our principal corporate offices to this location and occupied 60,177 square feet of space. The initial term of the lease commenced with respect to (a) 31,174 square feet of leased premises on September 1, 2007, (b) an additional 29,003 square feet on October 1, 2007, (c) an additional 1,309 square feet of space on October 26, 2007, (d) an additional 1,680 square feet of space on March 27, 2008, and (e) an additional 11,893 square feet of space on August 1, 2008. The initial term of the lease will expire seven years and four months following the term commencement date for the third phase of the leased premises. Subject to the terms and conditions of the lease, we may extend the term of the lease for two successive terms of five years each at 95% of the then-current market rate. As of June 30, 2009, under the lease, we have total non-cancelable lease obligations of approximately $11.2 million, and also will pay additional rent for our proportionate share of operating expenses and taxes.

        Prior to September 1, 2007, our principal offices occupied approximately 110,843 square feet of office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The lease of this office space expires on September 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2009, we had agreements that expire through 2012 to sublease approximately 106,295 square feet of space. We also lease space for our Houston, Texas facilities. This lease encompasses approximately 76,315 square feet and expires in July 2016. We have an agreement to sublease approximately 8,000 square feet of this space that expires in 2016. We terminated a portion of our Houston, Texas lease with respect to approximately 14,000 square feet of the original leased space in September 2007. In addition to these two facilities, we and our subsidiaries also lease office space in Shanghai, China; Reading, England; and other locations.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings.

(a) FTC and Honeywell Settlement

        In December 2004, we entered into a consent decree with the FTC, with respect to a civil administrative complaint filed by the FTC in August 2003 alleging that our acquisition of Hyprotech Ltd. and related subsidiaries of AEA Technology plc (Hyprotech) in May 2002 was anticompetitive in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act and Section 7 of the Clayton Act. In connection with the consent decree, we entered into an agreement with Honeywell International, Inc. (Honeywell) on October 6, 2004 (Honeywell Agreement), pursuant to which we

28


Table of Contents


transferred our operator training business and our rights to the intellectual property of various legacy Hyprotech products.

        On December 23, 2004, we completed the transactions contemplated by the Honeywell Agreement. Under the terms of the transactions:

        The Honeywell transaction resulted in a deferred gain of $0.2 million, which was amortized over the two-year life of the support agreement, and was subject to a potential increase of the gain of up to $1.2 million upon resolution of the holdback payment issue, which is discussed below.

        We are subject to ongoing compliance obligations under the FTC consent decree. We responded to requests by the Staff of the FTC beginning in 2006 for information relating to the Staff's investigation of whether we have complied with the consent decree. In addition, the FTC voted to recommend to the Consumer Litigation Division (Division) of the U.S. Department of Justice that the Division commence litigation against us relating to our alleged failure to comply with certain aspects of the decree. Although we believe that we complied with the consent decree and that the assertions by the FTC Staff were without merit, we engaged in settlement discussions with the FTC Staff regarding this matter. Following such discussions, on July 6, 2009, we announced that the FTC closed the investigation relating to the alleged violations of the decree, and issued an order modifying the consent decree. Following a thirty-day period for public comment on the modification to the original decree, the modified order became final on August 20, 2009. The modification to the 2004 consent decree requires that we continue to provide the ability for users to save input variable case data for Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics software in a standard "portable" format, which will make it easier for users to transfer case data from later versions of the products to earlier versions. AspenTech will also provide documentation to Honeywell of the Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics input variables, as well as documentation of the covered heat exchange products. These requirements will apply to all existing and future versions of the covered products through 2014.

        In March 2007, we were served with a complaint and petition to compel arbitration filed by Honeywell in New York State Supreme Court. The complaint alleges that we failed to comply with our obligations to deliver certain technology under the Honeywell Agreement, that we owe approximately $0.8 million to Honeywell under the Honeywell Agreement, and that Honeywell is entitled to some portion of the $1.2 million holdback retained by Honeywell under the holdback provisions of the Honeywell Agreement, plus unspecified monetary damages. In accordance with the Honeywell Agreement, certain of Honeywell's claims relating to the holdback were the subject of a proceeding before an independent accountant, who determined in December 2008 that we were entitled to a portion of the holdback. We reached a settlement in June 2009 and the matter has been dismissed. In connection with the settlement, AspenTech has provided to Honeywell a license to modify and distribute (in object code form) certain versions of AspenTech's flare system analyzer software.

29


Table of Contents

        There is no assurance that the actions required by the FTC's modified order and related settlement with Honeywell will not provide Honeywell with additional competitive advantages that could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

(b) Class action and opt-out claims

        In March 2006, we settled class action litigation, including related derivative claims, arising out of our originally filed consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2000 through 2004, the accounting for which we restated in March 2005. Members of the class who opted out of the settlement (representing 1,457,969 shares of common stock, or less than 1% of the shares putatively purchased during the class action period) brought their own state or federal law claims against us, referred to as "opt-out" claims.

        Separate actions were filed on behalf of the holders of approximately 1.1 million shares who either opted out of the class action settlement or were not covered by that settlement. One of these actions was settled. The claims in the remaining actions (described below) include claims against us and one or more of our former officers alleging securities and common law fraud, breach of contract, statutory treble damages, deceptive practices and/or rescissory damages liability, based on the restated results of one or more fiscal periods included in our restated consolidated financial statements referenced in the class action.

        The remaining claims in the Blecker and 380514 Canada actions referenced above are for damages totaling at least $20 million, not including claims for treble damages and attorneys' fees. We plan to defend these actions vigorously. We can provide no assurance as to the outcome of these opt-out claims or the likelihood of the filing of additional opt-out claims, and these claims may result in judgments against us for significant damages. Regardless of the outcome, such litigation has resulted in the past, and may continue to result in the future, in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business.

(c) ATME Arbitration

        Prior to October 6, 2009, we had an exclusive reseller relationship covering certain countries in the Middle East with a reseller known as, AspenTech Middle East W.L.L., a Kuwait corporation (ATME or the reseller). Effective October 6, 2009, we terminated the reseller relationship for material breach by the reseller based on certain actions of the reseller. On November 2, 2009 the reseller filed a Claim Form (Arbitration) in the High Court of Justice, Queen's Bench Division, Commercial Court, London,

30


Table of Contents


England, reference 2009 Folio 1436 in the matter of an intended arbitration between the reseller and us, seeking an injunction against certain activities by us in the alleged former territory of the reseller. We believe that the reseller's claims are without merit, inasmuch as our termination of the relationship was based on actions by the reseller constituting material breach as defined in the reseller agreement document, and that the reseller is not entitled to such an injunction. We therefore intend to defend the claims vigorously. We can provide no assurance as to the outcome of this proceeding or the likelihood of the filing of additional proceedings such as a full arbitration, and these claims may result in judgments against us for significant damages and a possible injunction that would threaten our ability to do business directly in certain countries in the Middle East. In addition, regardless of the outcome, such claims may result in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business. The reseller agreement document relating to the terminated relationship contained a provision whereby we could be liable for a termination fee if the agreement were terminated other than for material breach. This fee would be calculated based on a formula contained in the reseller agreement that we believe was originally developed based on certain assumptions about the future financial performance of the reseller, as well as the reseller's actual financial performance. Based on the formula and the financial information provided to us by the reseller, which we have not had the opportunity to verify independently, a recent calculation associated with termination other than for material breach based on the formula would result in a termination fee of between $60 million and $77 million. Under the terminated reseller agreement document, no termination fee is owed on termination for material breach.

(d) Other

        We are currently defending a customer claim of approximately $5 million that certain of our software products and implementation services failed to meet customer expectations. Although we are defending the claim vigorously, the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and unfavorable resolutions are possible and could materially affect our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. In addition, regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

        We held an annual meeting on August 20, 2009 in lieu of our 2008 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Our stockholders approved the following proposal by the vote specified below.

        Proposal 1—The election of two Class III Directors to three-year terms:

Nominee
  Votes For   Votes Withheld  

Joan C. McArdle

    63,330,346     23,923,107  

David M. McKenna

    86,461,491     791,962  

        The terms of office of the following directors, who were not up for re-election at the annual meeting of stockholders on August 20, 2009, continued after the meeting: Donald P. Casey, Mark E. Fusco, Gary E. Haroian, Stephen M. Jennings and Michael Pehl.

31


Table of Contents


PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information

        Our common stock currently trades on the Pink Sheets electronic quotation service under the symbol "AZPN." During fiscal 2007 and through February 18, 2008, halfway through our third fiscal quarter of 2008, our common stock traded on The NASDAQ Global Market under the same symbol. From February 19, 2008, our common stock has traded on the Pink OTC Markets Inc. The table below sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported by each respective market during the quarters indicated.

 
  High   Low  

Fiscal 2008:

             

First Quarter

  $ 15.50   $ 9.94  

Second Quarter

    17.96     14.29  

Third Quarter

    16.30     9.85  

Fourth Quarter

    15.50     11.13  

Fiscal 2009:

             

First Quarter

  $ 15.10   $ 11.45  

Second Quarter

    13.00     5.10  

Third Quarter

    8.25     5.50  

Fourth Quarter

    9.60     6.00  

Holders

        There were 4,559 holders of our common stock as of October 18, 2009.

Dividends

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our earnings, if any, in the foreseeable future. In addition, under the terms of our January 2003 loan arrangement with Silicon Valley Bank, we are prohibited from paying any dividends on our stock, with the exception of dividends paid in common stock or preferred stock dividends paid in cash, provided that we are not in default under the loan arrangement. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on a number of factors, including our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and future prospects and such other factors as the board of directors may deem relevant.

32


Table of Contents

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

        The following table provides information about the securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2009:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 
  (A)   (B)   (C)  
Plan category
  Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options, warrants and rights
  Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
  Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (A))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

    8,357,895   $ 7.16     4,174,861  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

             
               

Total

    8,357,895   $ 7.16     4,174,861  
               

        Equity compensation plans approved by security holders consist of our 2001 stock option plan and our 2005 stock incentive plan.

        The securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans approved by our security holders as of June 30, 2009 consisted of:

        Each of the options issuable under the 2001 stock option plan has a term of ten years. Options issuable under the 2005 stock incentive plan have a maximum term of seven years.

33


Table of Contents

Performance Graph

        The graph below matches the cumulative five-year total return of holders of our common stock with the cumulative total returns of The NASDAQ Composite Index and The NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index. The graph assumes that the value of the investment in our common stock and in each of the indices (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100 on June 30, 2004, and tracks it through June 30, 2009.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Aspen Technology, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index
And The NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing Index

CHART


*
$100 invested on 6/30/04 in stock or index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending June 30.

 
  June 30,  
 
  2004   2005   2006   2007   2008   2009  

Aspen Technology, Inc. 

    100.00     71.63     180.72     192.84     183.20     117.49  

NASDAQ Composite

    100.00     101.09     109.49     132.47     117.33     92.91  

NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing

    100.00     103.70     107.43     133.90     124.41     107.96  

        The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

34


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data.

        The following table presents selected financial and other data for Aspen Technology, Inc. The statement of operations data set forth below for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report. The statement of operations data for fiscal 2006 and 2005 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005 are derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this annual report.

        The selected historical financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and accompanying notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included at Part II, Item 7 of this annual report (in thousands, except per share data).

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                               
 

Revenues

  $ 311,580   $ 311,613   $ 341,029   $ 294,416   $ 269,128  
 

Gross profit

    235,760     226,620     247,469     196,362     161,300  
   

Income (loss) from operations

    43,934     18,637     55,403     18,834     (58,986 )
   

Net income (loss)

    52,924     24,946     45,518     6,465     (69,060 )
   

Accretion of preferred stock discount and dividends

            (7,290 )   (15,383 )   (14,450 )
                       
 

Income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

  $ 52,924   $ 24,946   $ 38,228   $ (8,918 ) $ (83,510 )
                       

Basic income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders

  $ 0.59   $ 0.28   $ 0.54   $ (0.20 ) $ (1.97 )
                       

Diluted income (loss) per share applicable to common stockholders

  $ 0.57   $ 0.27   $ 0.50   $ (0.20 ) $ (1.97 )
                       

Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic

    90,053     89,640     70,879     44,627     42,381  
                       

Weighted average shares outstanding—Diluted

   
92,578
   
94,092
   
91,869
   
44,627
   
42,381
 
                       

 

 
  June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                               
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 122,213   $ 134,048   $ 132,267   $ 86,272   $ 68,149  
 

Working capital (deficit)

    97,914     116,307     53,019     10,440     (12,162 )
 

Total assets

    515,976     554,626     528,897     465,951     475,257  
 

Total deferred revenue

    78,871     106,905     67,106     60,141     60,085  
 

Total secured borrowings

    112,096     147,207     206,150     182,404     213,037  
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

                125,475     121,210  
 

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    229,410     172,813     137,206     (22,602 )   (47,210 )

35


Table of Contents

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

        The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto contained or incorporated in this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Please see "Item 1A. Risk Factors" for a discussion of some of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.

        Our fiscal year ends on June 30, and references to a specific fiscal year are the twelve months ended June 30 of such year (for example, "fiscal 2009" refers to the year ended June 30, 2009).

Business Overview

        We are a leading supplier of integrated software and services to the process industries, for which the principal markets consist of: energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and engineering and construction. Additionally, we also serve other industries such as power and utilities, consumer products, metals and mining, pulp and paper and biofuels, which manufacture and produce products from a chemical process. We provide a comprehensive, integrated suite of software applications that utilize proprietary empirical models of chemical manufacturing processes to improve plant and process design, economic evaluation, production, production planning and scheduling, supply chain optimization, and operational performance, and an array of services designed to optimize the utilization of these products by our customers. We are organized into three operating segments: software licenses, maintenance and training, and professional services. Each of these operating segments has unique characteristics and faces different opportunities and challenges. Although we report our actual results in U.S. dollars, we conduct a significant number of transactions in currencies other than U.S. dollars.

        Adverse changes in the economy and global economic and political uncertainty have previously caused delays and reductions in information technology spending by our customers and a consequent deterioration of the markets for our products and services, particularly our manufacturing/supply chain product suites. As a result of the decline in economic conditions during fiscal 2009, we experienced some reductions, delays and postponements of customer purchases that negatively impacted our bookings, revenues and operating results.

Our Commercial Model

        We license software products to our customers predominantly through our direct sales force, and indirectly through channel partners. As described more fully below, revenues are generated from the following sources:

        The timing and amount of fees recognized as revenue during a reporting period are determined in accordance with GAAP. Under this commercial model, we license our products on both a term and perpetual basis. However, increasingly the majority of our software licenses are term-based.

        Historically, the majority of our license revenue has been recognized on an up-front basis once all revenue recognition criteria have been met in accordance with Statement of Position 97-2 "Software Revenue Recognition,", as amended by SOP 98-9 "Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions. We refer to this licensing practice as "the up-front revenue model". For licenses that did not meet the required criteria for immediate up-front revenue

36


Table of Contents


recognition, revenues were either deferred until such time as the criteria had been met, or recognized over the license term.

New Licensing Model

        In July 2009, we announced that for the fiscal year commencing July 1, 2009, we would offer a new licensing model for our software and related maintenance. Previously, customers would license the right to use specifically defined sets of products within the aspenONE solution suite based upon their perceived needs. The new licensing model provides customers with access to all engineering or manufacturing/supply chain software products within the aspenONE software suite. As part of the new offering, customers receive maintenance support for the term of the license and the right to unspecified future software products that may be introduced during the term of the arrangement. The new licensing model provides customers the ability to utilize any products within the aspenONE suite through the use of tokens (exchangeable units of measurement) which they license in quantities sufficient for their business needs. We expect that the increased flexibility of this licensing model, which facilitates ease of access to the products in the aspenONE suite, will lead to increase usage over time, which would contribute to higher revenue.

        Under the up-front revenue model, we typically recognized the net present value of license fees over the license term as revenue in the period in which the license agreement was delivered to the customer assuming all other revenue recognition criteria were met. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010 we will start closing contracts under our new aspenONE licensing offering. Revenue associated with these agreements will be recognized over the term of the license contract, which is more representative of a subscription-based licensing model. In addition, if professional services are sold on a fixed price basis in conjunction with a license agreement, the professional services revenue will be recognized on a subscription basis over the term of the license contract. Until we fully transition our book of business to the new licensing model, and the contracts which were previously recognized under the up-front revenue model expire, we will report significantly lower revenues. We expect this transition period to take several years. Since there will not be a corresponding reduction in operating expenses, we anticipate reporting significant operating and net losses.

        From a cash flow perspective, the predominant method of customer billing and collections is consistent between the two licensing models: we will continue to invoice the customer over the license contract term. Consequently, we do not expect any material change in our net cash provided by operating activities as a result of our change to the new licensing model, provided the change to the new licensing model does not impact customer retention. From a balance sheet perspective, the conversion to the new licensing model will cause the installments receivable balance to decline over time. Under the existing licensing model, installments receivable represent the net present value of the un-invoiced payments remaining on license contracts where revenues had been recognized on an up-front basis. This will not be the case under the new licensing model.

        During the transition period, we may still execute transactions which meet the criteria for revenue recognition under our up-front revenue model. Additionally, we expect to continue to offer perpetual license arrangements, which typically meet the criteria for up-front revenue recognition. We do not expect either of these arrangement types to represent a significant portion of our license bookings.

        Historically, to assess our financial results and condition, we used a number of quantitative and qualitative performance indicators. These indicators included: software license bookings; the value of our installed customer base; revenue and expense trends; gross margins; operating and net income; cash and cash equivalents; cash flow; and liquidity metrics. As a result of the movement to the new licensing model and the anticipated reduction in reported revenues and income, a number of these indicators will not be meaningful for the next several years. Accordingly, we will focus on: the change

37


Table of Contents


in the value of our installed customer base; software license bookings; expense trends; cash and cash equivalents; cash flow; and collateralized receivable and secured debt balances.

        An overview of our three operating segments is described below.

Software Licenses

        Our solutions are focused on three primary business areas of our customers: engineering, manufacturing, and supply chain management, and are delivered both as stand-alone solutions and as part of the integrated aspenONE product suite. The aspenONE framework enables our products to be integrated in modular fashion so that data can be shared among such products, and additional modules can be added as the customer's requirements evolve. The result is enterprise-wide access to real-time, model-based information designed to enable manufacturers to forecast or simulate the economic impact of potential actions and make better, faster and more profitable operating decisions. The first version of the aspenONE suite was delivered in late 2004. Since that time, each major software release was designed to increase the level of integration and functionality across our product portfolio.

38


Table of Contents

        Because fees for our software products can be substantial and the decision to purchase our products often involves members of our customers' senior management, the sales process for our solutions is frequently lengthy and can exceed one year. Accordingly, the timing of our license bookings and revenues is difficult to predict. Additionally, we derive a majority of our total revenues from companies in or serving the energy, chemicals, pharmaceutical, and engineering and construction industries. Accordingly, our future success depends upon the continued demand for manufacturing optimization software and services by companies in these process manufacturing industries. The energy, chemicals, pharmaceutical, and engineering and construction industries are highly cyclical and highly reactive to the price of oil, as well as general economic conditions.

        Our software license business represented 57.6% of our total revenues on a trailing four-quarter basis. During 2009, we continued to grow our installed base of software licenses and increased the total value of signed license contracts on a year over year basis.

Maintenance and Training

        Our maintenance business consists primarily of providing customer technical support and access to software fixes and upgrades, when and if they become available. Our customer technical support services are provided throughout the world by our three global call centers as well as via email and through our support website. Our training business consists of a variety of training solutions ranging from standardized training, which can be delivered in a public forum or on-site at a customer's location, to customized training sessions which can be tailored to fit customer needs.

        Revenues generated by our maintenance and training business represented 26.8% of our total revenues on a trailing four quarter basis and are closely correlated to changes in our installed base of software licenses. The majority of our customers renew their support contracts when eligible to do so, and the majority of new software license contracts sold include a maintenance component.

Professional Services

        We offer professional services that include designing, analyzing, debottlenecking and improving plant performance through continuous process improvements, coupled with activities aimed at operating the plant safely and reliably while minimizing energy costs and improving yields and throughput. Our implementation and configuration services are primarily associated with assisting customers in their deployment of our manufacturing and supply chain management solutions.

        Customers who obtain professional services from us typically engage us to provide such services over periods of up to 24 months. We generally charge customers for professional services, ranging from supply chain to on-site advanced process control and optimization assistance services, on a fixed-price basis or time-and-materials basis. The professional services business represented 15.6% of our total revenues on a trailing four-quarter basis, and has experienced lower margins than our other business segments.

39


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

        Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of our financial statements requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The significant accounting policies that we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:

Revenue Recognition

        We generate revenue from the following sources: (1) licensing software products; (2) providing post-contract support (referred to as maintenance); and (3) providing professional services, such as consulting and training. We sell our software products to customers under fixed-term and perpetual license arrangements, which generally include the first year of maintenance. As a standard business practice, we offer extended payment term options for our fixed-term license customers. Software license revenue has generally been recognized upon shipment, provided all other revenue recognition criteria were met. Maintenance fees are recognized ratably over the contractual term of the maintenance agreements, which are typically annual periods.

        We recognize revenue in accordance with SOP 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition," as amended by SOP 98-9, "Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions," and Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 "Revenue Recognition." A factor in our revenue recognition model includes an assessment of whether professional services are an essential element to the functionality of the software. This assessment is based upon the nature of the services. Typically, the majority of our professional services have not been determined to be essential elements to the functionality of the software because these services have generally consisted of assistance with routine implementation and installation, were of relatively short duration compared to the license contract period, and could be performed by customers or other third party vendors that provide similar services. If our business model were to change such that the services were deemed to be essential to the functionality of the software, the period of time over which our software revenue could be recognized would lengthen. When we provide professional services that are considered essential to the functionality of the software, we recognize the combined revenue from the sale of our software licenses and related services in accordance with SOP 81-1, "Accounting for Performance of Construction Type and Certain Performance Type Contracts" using the cost-to-cost method as the measure of performance. Our revenue recognition for these arrangements is dependent upon our ability to reliably estimate the direct labor hours to complete a project. We use historical experience as a basis for future estimates to complete current projects.

        Four basic criteria must be satisfied before software license revenue can be recognized: persuasive evidence of an arrangement between us and an end user; delivery of our product has occurred; the fee for the product is fixed or determinable; and collection of the fee is reasonably assured.

40


Table of Contents

        Persuasive evidence of an arrangement—We use a contract signed by the customer as evidence of an arrangement for software licenses. For professional services we use a signed agreement and a statement of work to evidence an arrangement. In cases where both a signed contract and a purchase order are required by the customer, we consider both taken together as evidence of the arrangement.

        Delivery of our product—Software and the corresponding access keys are generally delivered to customers via disk media with standard shipping terms of Free Carrier, Aspen Technology's warehouse (i.e. FCA, named place). Our software license agreements do not contain conditions for acceptance.

        Fee is fixed or determinable—We assess whether a fee is fixed or determinable at the outset of the arrangement. Significant judgment is involved in making this assessment. Our experience has been that we are able to demonstrate that the fees are fixed or determinable for most arrangements, including those for our term licenses that contain extended payment terms. We have established a history of collecting under the terms of our contracts without providing concessions to customers. We have a history of collecting receivables on installment contracts of up to six years. If we no longer were to have a history of collecting under term license contracts without providing concessions, revenue would be recognized when payments under the installment contract become due and payable. Such a change could have a material impact on the period in which revenue is recognized.

        We must also assess whether contract modifications to an existing term arrangement constitute a concession. In making this assessment, significant analysis is performed to ensure that no concessions are given. Our software license agreements do not include right of return or exchange.

        Collection of fee is reasonably assured—We assess the probability of collecting from each customer at the outset of the arrangement based on a number of factors, including the customer's payment history, its current creditworthiness, economic conditions in the customer's industry and geographic location, and general economic conditions. If in our judgment collection of a fee is not probable, revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met.

        We use judgment concerning the satisfaction of these criteria, particularly the criteria relating to the determination of whether the arrangement fees are fixed and determinable and the criteria relating to the collectability of the receivables, during our evaluation of each revenue transaction including those with extended payment terms. Additionally, judgment is required concerning the satisfaction of these criteria for reseller transactions. We typically recognize the fees related to reseller transactions on a net basis using the sell-through method of accounting. To date, revenue related to our reseller arrangements has not been material.

        We have established vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value for maintenance and professional services, but not for our software products. Our VSOE determination is based upon the price charged to similarly-situated customers when the elements are sold separately. We allocate the arrangement consideration among the elements included in our multi-element arrangements using the residual method. Under the residual method, the VSOE of the undelivered elements is deferred, and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee for perpetual and term licenses is recognized as revenue upon delivery of the software, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. If VSOE does not exist for an undelivered element in an arrangement, revenue is deferred until such evidence does exist for the undelivered elements, or until all elements are delivered, whichever is earlier.

        When all revenue recognition criteria are met to allow for up-front revenue recognition of our term contracts, license revenue is recorded at the net present value of the installment payments. The difference between the gross and net present value of the installment payments is deferred and recognized as interest income using the effective interest method over the license term. In certain circumstances, customers may elect to make an up-front, single payment of the license fee. In these instances, no interest income is generated.

41


Table of Contents

        Our standard licensing agreements include a product warranty provision for all products. Such warranties are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies" (SFAS No. 5). The likelihood that we will be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote.

        Under the terms of substantially all of our license agreements, we have agreed to indemnify customers for costs and damages arising from claims against such customers based on, among other things, allegations that our software products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third-party. In most cases, in the event of an infringement claim, we retain the right to (i) procure for the customer the right to continue using the software product; (ii) replace or modify the software product to eliminate the infringement while providing substantially equivalent functionality; or (iii) if neither (i) nor (ii) can be reasonably achieved, we may terminate the license agreement and provide a refund to the customer up to the license fees paid by the customer. Such indemnification provisions are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 5. The likelihood that we will be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote. In most cases and where legally enforceable, the indemnification is limited to the amount paid by the customer.

        Professional services are provided to customers on a time-and-materials (T&M) or fixed-price basis and are generally recognized as the services are performed, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. We recognize professional services fees for our T&M contracts based upon hours worked and contractually agreed-upon hourly rates. Revenues from fixed-price engagements are recognized using the proportional performance method based on the ratio of costs incurred, substantially all of which are labor-related, to the total estimated project costs. Project costs are based on standard rates, which vary by the consultant's professional level, plus all direct expenses incurred to complete the engagement that are not reimbursed by the client. All project costs are expensed as incurred. The use of the proportional performance method is dependent upon our ability to reliably estimate the direct costs to complete a project. We use historical experience as a basis for future estimates to complete current projects. Additionally, management believes that using costs are the best available measure of performance. Reimbursables received from customers for out-of-pocket expenses are recorded as revenue.

        In the past, we have occasionally been required to commit unanticipated additional resources to complete projects, which has resulted in lower than anticipated income or losses on those contracts. We may experience similar situations in the future. Provisions for estimated losses on contracts are made during the period in which such losses become probable and can be reasonably estimated. To date, such losses have not been significant.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        In accordance with SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets," we review the carrying value of long-lived assets when circumstances dictate that they should be reevaluated, based upon the expected future operating cash flows of our business or other factors that trigger an evaluation for potential impairment. The evaluation of the undiscounted results of any impairment evaluation is based upon our expected future cash flows. These future undiscounted cash flow estimates are based on historical results, adjusted to reflect our best estimate of future markets and operating conditions, and are updated based on actual operating trends. Historically, actual results have occasionally differed from our estimated future cash flow estimates. In the future, actual results may differ materially from these estimates, and accordingly cause impairment of our long-lived assets.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," on an annual basis we conduct an assessment of the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, which is based on weighting estimates of future cash flows from the reporting units or estimates of the market value of the reporting units, based on comparable companies. We also perform impairment analyses whenever

42


Table of Contents


events or circumstances indicate that goodwill or certain intangibles may be impaired. Currently our reporting units are the same as our operating segments. These estimates of future discounted cash flows are based upon historical results, adjusted to reflect our best estimate of future market and operating conditions. Historically, actual results have occasionally differed from our estimated future cash flow estimates. In the future, actual results may differ materially from these estimates. In addition, the comparable companies used to establish market value for our reporting units is based on management's judgment. As discussed earlier in the Business Overview, we expect to experience a significant reduction in revenue for the next several years. However, we do not expect a material change in cash flows, and as a result do not expect to negatively impact our impairment analysis of goodwill.

        Certain negative macroeconomic factors began to impact the global credit markets in late calendar 2008 and we noted significant unfavorable trends in business conditions in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. Concurrently with these unfavorable developments, we commenced the annual impairment assessment of goodwill and certain intangible assets. In connection with preparing the annual impairment assessment, we identified significant deterioration in the expected future financial performance of the professional services segment compared to the expected future financial performance of this segment at the end of fiscal 2008. As a result, we recorded impairment charges of $0.5 million for goodwill and $0.1 million for intangible assets within the professional services segment during the quarter ended December 31, 2008. The method for determining fair value was based on weighting estimates of future cash flows from the reporting units and estimates of the market value of the reporting units, based on comparable companies. These impairment losses were recorded as impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the consolidated statement of operations.

        The timing and size of any future impairment charges involves the application of our estimates and judgment and could result in the impairment of all, or substantially all, of our goodwill, intangible assets, or other long-lived assets.

Accounting for Income Taxes

        We utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and statutes that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets can result from unused operating losses, and research and development and foreign tax credit carry forwards and deductions recorded for financial statement purposes prior to their deduction on a tax return. Valuation allowances are provided against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the reversal of taxable temporary differences. We consider, among other available information, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, limitations on the availability of net operating loss and tax credit carry forwards, and other evidence assessing the potential realization of deferred tax assets. Adjustments to the valuation allowance are included in the tax provision in our statement of operations in the period they become known or can be estimated.

        Significant management judgment is required in determining any valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets and liabilities. The valuation allowance is based on our estimates of taxable income for jurisdictions in which we operate and the period over which our deferred tax assets may be recoverable. Historically, our U.S. taxable income has been unpredictable and highly dependent upon closing a small number of large license transactions, the loss of which would result in a pre-tax loss.

43


Table of Contents

        With our adoption of the new software licensing model, we expect to recognize significantly lower revenues over the near term which will result in substantial pre-tax losses. Consequently, we have concluded that it is appropriate to maintain our U.S. valuation allowance. When our U.S. tax profitability becomes predictable we may reverse some or all of the valuation allowance related to our U.S. net deferred tax assets of $31.2 million. Such reversal would be recorded as an income tax benefit in the consolidated statement of operations in the period that the utilization of deferred tax assets is determined to be more likely than not. For fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we also provided full or partial valuation allowances for net deferred tax assets in several foreign tax jurisdictions.

        Our U.S. and foreign tax returns are subject to periodic compliance examinations by various local and national tax authorities through periods defined by tax codes in the applicable jurisdiction. The years prior to 2005 are closed in the U.S., although the utilization of net operating loss carry forwards generated in earlier periods will keep these periods open for examination. The Canadian entities are subject to audit from 2007 forward, the UK entities from 2003 forward, and certain other international entities from 2002 forward. In connection with examinations of tax filings, tax contingencies can arise from differing interpretations of applicable tax laws and regulations relative to the amount, timing or proper inclusion or exclusion of revenues and expenses in taxable income or loss. For periods that remain subject to audit, we have asserted and unasserted potential assessments that are subject to final tax settlements.

        In 2009, our income tax provision includes amounts determined under the provisions of FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions, which was adopted as of July 1, 2007 and is intended to satisfy additional income tax assessments, including interest and penalties, that could result from any tax return positions for which the likelihood of sustaining the position on audit does not meet a threshold of "more likely than not." Prior to fiscal 2008, we evaluated tax contingencies in accordance with the requirements of SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," based on the information currently then available, and had accrued for income tax contingencies that met both the criteria of SFAS No. 5. The tax accrual includes penalties and interest, which are recorded as a component of our income tax expense. The tax liabilities under FIN 48 are recorded as a component of our income taxes payable and other non-current liabilities balance and was $19.2 million as of June 30, 2009. The ultimate amount of taxes due will not be known until examinations are completed and settled or the audit periods are closed by statute.

44


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The following table sets forth the percentages of total revenues represented by certain consolidated statement of operations data for the periods indicated (amounts in thousands):

 
  Years Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Revenues:

                                     

Software licenses

  $ 179,591     57.6 % $ 168,404     54.0 % $ 199,761     58.6 %

Service and other

    131,989     42.4     143,209     46.0     141,268     41.4  
                           
   

Total revenues

    311,580     100.0     311,613     100.0     341,029     100.0  
                           

Cost of revenues:

                                     

Cost of software licenses

    12,384     4.0     15,916     5.1     14,588     4.3  

Cost of service and other

    63,411     20.4     69,077     22.2     72,426     21.2  

Amortization of technology-related intangible assets

    25                 6,546     1.9  
                           
   

Total cost of revenues

    75,820     24.3     84,993     27.3     93,560     27.4  
                           
   

Gross profit

    235,760     75.7     226,620     72.7     247,469     72.6  
                           

Operating costs:

                                     

Selling and marketing

    89,150     28.6     99,682     32.0     93,387     27.4  

Research and development

    41,463     13.3     45,179     14.5     42,703     12.5  

General and administrative

    58,138     18.7     54,565     17.5     51,010     15.0  

Restructuring charges

    2,446     0.8     8,623     2.8     4,634     1.3  

Loss (gain) on sales and disposals of assets

    6         (66 )       332     0.1  

Loss on impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    623     0.2                  
                           
   

Total operating costs

    191,826     61.6     207,983     66.7     192,066     56.3  
                           

Income from operations

    43,934     14.1     18,637     6.0     55,403     16.3  

Interest income

    22,698     7.3     23,784     7.6     21,909     6.4  

Interest expense

    (10,516 )   (3.4 )   (17,783 )   (5.7 )   (18,613 )   (5.5 )

Other (expense) income, net

    (1,824 )   (0.6 )   3,386     1.1     (734 )   (0.2 )
                           
   

Income before provision for taxes

    52,924     17.0     28,024     9.0     57,965     17.0  

Provision for income taxes

    (1,368 )   (0.4 )   (3,078 )   (1.0 )   (12,447 )   (3.6 )
                           
   

Net Income

    52,924     17.0 %   24,946     8.0 %   45,518     13.3 %
                           

Comparison of Fiscal 2009 to Fiscal 2008

Revenues

        Total revenues in fiscal 2009 remained fairly consistent with fiscal 2008. Total revenues from customers outside the U.S. were $213.9 million or 68.7% of total revenues and $198.1 million or 63.6% of total revenues for fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively. The geographical mix of revenues can vary from period to period.

Software License Revenues

        Software license revenues are generated primarily from term license contracts, and to a lesser degree, from perpetual arrangements. Since we have relationships with most leading companies in the process industries, growth in our software license revenues is derived from the expansion of existing

45


Table of Contents


customer relationships, either through licensing for incremental users or by licensing additional software products in the aspenONE suite. The addition of new customers has traditionally represented a smaller component of our revenue growth.

        During each of the fiscal years, a significant portion of our license bookings was not recorded as revenue in the same fiscal period due to certain revenue recognition criteria not being met (see further discussion under "Liquidity and Capital Resources" related to deferred revenue). Revenues from software licenses in fiscal 2009 increased $11.2 million compared to fiscal 2008. The year-over-year revenue increase was primarily driven by the timing of revenue recognition under GAAP as opposed to an indication of actual business activity.

        License bookings during fiscal 2009 were approximately $37.0 million lower than fiscal 2008, which reflected the impact of the global economic downturn. License bookings associated with a number of large contracts totaling approximately $52.1 million and $57.5 million during fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively, did not meet the criteria for revenue recognition as of the end of each fiscal year. However, during fiscal 2009 approximately $31.6 million of revenues were recognized from business booked in fiscal 2008. This level of license revenue deferral represents a significant divergence from prior fiscal years.

        As previously discussed, we expect to report significantly lower software license revenues over the next several years due to adoption of the new licensing model. We believe that as our customers transition to the new model, the predictability and consistency of our license revenue stream will improve, since we will generally recognize license revenue ratably over the life of the license agreement and thus the impact of up-front revenue from signing large license deals in any one quarter will be minimized. Until such time as the portfolio of our existing license contracts comes to term, license revenue will not be a particularly meaningful metric to measure our business performance. Accordingly, we believe license bookings and cash flows to be the more meaningful near term metrics to assess business performance.

Service and Other Revenues

        Service and other revenues primarily consist of professional services, post-contract maintenance support on software licenses, and training, and are dependent upon a number of factors.

        Service and other revenues in fiscal 2009 decreased by $11.2 million compared to fiscal 2008. This decrease was due to lower professional services revenue in fiscal 2009 of $11.4 million. The global economic environment during fiscal 2009 generally impacted our customers' ability to commit to more discretionary spending initiatives, which affected our professional services business. Maintenance and training revenues in fiscal 2009 remained fairly consistent compared to fiscal 2008.

46


Table of Contents

Cost of Software Licenses

        Cost of software licenses consists of royalties, amortization of capitalized software costs, and costs related to delivery of software, including: disk duplication; third-party software costs; and printing of manuals and packaging.

        Cost of software licenses in fiscal 2009 decreased $3.5 million compared to fiscal 2008. This year over year reduction was primarily due to: lower capitalized software amortization charges; reduced royalty expenses; and third-party fees. The royalty and third party fees were lower as a result of a change in the mix of license products sold.

Cost of Service and Other

        Cost of service and other consists primarily of personnel-related and external consultant costs associated with providing professional services, post-contract maintenance support, and training to customers.

        Cost of service and other in fiscal 2009 decreased $5.7 million compared to fiscal 2008 primarily due to lower staffing needs as a result of the decreased demand for our professional services. Stock-based compensation expense decreased because we have been unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards since fiscal 2007. Finally, the cost to deliver maintenance support was reduced by consolidating work and bringing formerly outsourced services, which carried a higher cost to us, in house.

Selling and Marketing

        Selling costs are primarily the personnel and travel expenses related to the effort expended to license our products and services to current and potential customers, as well as for overall management of customer relationships. Marketing costs include expenses needed to promote the Company and our products and to acquire market research and measure customer opinions to help us better understand our customers and their business needs.

        Selling and marketing expenses in fiscal 2009 decreased $10.5 million compared to fiscal 2008. This decrease was largely the result of lower personnel-related costs including salaries, commissions, bonuses, and stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expense decreased because we have been unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards since fiscal 2007. Additionally, there were other decreases in costs related to travel, external consultants and marketing events.

Research and Development

        Research and development ("R&D") expenses primarily consist of personnel and external consultants costs related to the creation of new products, and enhancements and engineering changes to existing products.

        R&D expenses in fiscal 2009 decreased $3.7 million compared to fiscal 2008 related primarily to a reduction in incentive bonuses for employees and decreases in stock-based compensation. Stock-based compensation expense decreased because we have been unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards since fiscal 2007. Additionally, we capitalized a higher portion of our R&D costs during fiscal year 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008, which contributed to a year-over-year decrease in R&D expenses.

General and Administrative

        General and administrative expenses include the costs of corporate and support functions which include executive leadership and administration groups: finance; legal; human resources; corporate

47


Table of Contents


communications; and other costs such as outside professional and consultant fees and provisions for doubtful accounts.

        General and administrative expenses in fiscal 2009 increased $3.6 million compared to fiscal 2008. The increase was primarily attributable to the extended time and effort to complete the fiscal 2008 audit. These higher costs were significant and included extensive use of external financial consultants, higher audit fees, and to a lesser extent, an increase in personnel costs. These finance cost increases were partially offset by lower legal costs. Stock-based compensation expense also decreased because we have been unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards since fiscal 2007.

Restructuring Charges

        Restructuring charges in fiscal 2009 decreased $6.2 million compared to fiscal 2008. During fiscal 2009, we initiated a plan to reduce operating expenses that resulted in the reduction of our workforce. We recorded a restructuring charge of $2.4 million during fiscal 2009 primarily associated with this program which was significantly lower than the restructuring charge that was incurred in the prior year associated with the relocation of our corporate headquarters. In the future, we may incur additional expense to reflect actual costs in excess of existing restructuring reserves.

Interest Income

        Interest income is generated from the accretion of interest on the long term installment payments of software license contracts where revenue was recognized up-front, and to a lesser extent from the investment of cash balances in short term instruments.

        Interest income decreased $1.1 million in fiscal 2009 as compared to 2008 primarily due to lower average receivables balances for both installment and collateralized receivables.

        We expect receivables balances and associated interest income to continue to decrease as customers transition to our new aspenONE license offering.

Interest Expense

        Interest expense is incurred on our secured borrowings. Interest expense in fiscal 2009 decreased $7.3 million compared to fiscal 2008. The decrease was attributable to lower average secured borrowing balances, principally due to the payoff of three significant securitizations during fiscal 2008.

Other Income (Expense), Net

        Other income (expense), net is comprised primarily of foreign currency exchange gain (loss) generated from transactions denominated in foreign currencies. To mitigate this risk we occasionally enter into foreign currency forward contracts to attempt to minimize the adverse impact related to unfavorable exchange rate movements. Our foreign currency forward contracts have not been designated as hedging instruments and, therefore, do not qualify for fair value or cash flow hedge treatment under the criteria of Statement No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." Therefore, the unrealized gains and losses on the foreign currency forward contracts, as well as the underlying transactions we are attempting to shield from exchange rate movements, have been recognized as a component of other income (expense), net. Other income, net in fiscal 2009 decreased $5.2 million compared to fiscal 2008 primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the British Pound Sterling and the Euro.

Provision for/Benefit from Income Taxes

        We recorded a provision for income taxes of $1.4 million for fiscal 2009, primarily related to our income in foreign jurisdictions, withholding taxes imposed on license fees paid to us from customers

48


Table of Contents


outside the U.S., and changes in estimates under FIN 48. The income tax provision also includes state income taxes. We did not record a federal income tax provision on our domestic income, since we are able to reduce such standard tax provision by net operating loss carryforwards that expire at various dates from 2010 through 2025, and available tax credit carryforwards.

        The increase in the provision during fiscal 2009 was attributable to

Comparison of Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2007

        Revenues.    Total revenues for fiscal 2008 decreased by $29.4 million, or 8.6%, to $311.6 million from $341.0 million in fiscal 2007. Total revenues from customers outside the U.S. were $198.1 million or 63.6% of total revenues and $180.0 million or 52.8% of total revenues for fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively. The geographical mix of revenues can vary from period to period.

        Software license revenues are attributable to software license renewals of term contracts with existing users; the expansion of existing customer relationships through licenses for additional users, or licenses of additional software products; and to a lesser extent, to the addition of new customers. Software license revenues represented 54.0% and 58.6% of total revenues for fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively. Revenues from software licenses in fiscal 2008 decreased 15.7% to $168.4 million from $199.8 million in fiscal 2007.

        Service and other revenues primarily consist of professional services, post-contract maintenance support on software licenses, and training, and are dependent upon a number of factors.

        Service and other revenues in fiscal 2008 increased slightly by $1.9 million, or 1.3%, to $143.2 million from $141.3 in fiscal 2007. This increase was driven by an increase in maintenance and training revenue of 6.2%, to $83.5 million in fiscal 2008 from $78.6 million in fiscal 2007 due to the continued growth of our installed base of maintenance contracts. This increase was partially offset by a 4.8% decline in the professional services business, to $59.7 million from $62.7 million, which was due to a $1.1 million decrease in reimbursable expenses included in revenue in the current quarter, coupled with $2.2 million of revenues related to the completion of a sizeable customer application project milestone.

        Cost of Software Licenses.    Cost of software licenses consists of royalties, amortization of previously capitalized software costs, costs related to delivery of software, including disk duplication and third-party software costs, printing of manuals and packaging. Cost of software licenses for fiscal 2008 increased $1.3 million, or 8.9%, to $15.9 million from $14.6 million in fiscal 2007. This increase is due to $2.8 million in increased royalty payments attributed to the mix of software licenses sold, offset by a $1.4 million decrease due to the continued amortization of capitalized software. The lower capitalized software development costs were attributed to the achievement of technological feasibility occurring near the end of the fiscal 2008.

        Cost of Service and Other.    Cost of service and other consists of the cost of execution of professional services, technical support expenses and the cost of training services. Cost of service and

49


Table of Contents


other for fiscal 2008 decreased $3.3 million, or 4.6%, to $69.1 million from $72.4 million for fiscal 2007. This decrease is attributed to $1.0 million reduction in sub-contractor fees associated with service and maintenance contract renewals, stemming from the termination of an external contractor. The work which was previously contracted to the third party contractor has been brought back in house. Additionally, there was a $0.9 million reduction in infrastructure-related expenses resulting mostly from facility consolidations and lower project reimbursable expenses of $1.1 million.

        Amortization of Technology Related Intangible Assets.    Amortization of technology related intangible assets consists of the amortization of intangible assets from acquisitions. These assets were generally being amortized over a period of three to five years. Amortization of these intangible assets decreased by 100% in fiscal 2008 as compared to fiscal 2007 due to the related assets being fully amortized as of the end of fiscal 2007.

        Selling and Marketing.    Selling and marketing expenses for fiscal 2008 increased $6.3 million, or 6.7%, to $99.7 million from $93.4 million in fiscal 2007. This was primarily attributable to an increase in personnel costs of $5.0 million resulting from annual merit increases and an increase in headcount; as well as an increase of $1.5 million in marketing costs principally due to increased participation in tradeshows and events.

        Research and Development.    Research and development expenses consist of personnel and outside consultancy costs required to conduct our product development efforts. Research and development expenses for fiscal 2008 increased $2.5 million, or 5.9%, to $45.2 million from $42.7 million in fiscal 2007. During fiscal 2007, $3.5 million of software research and development costs were capitalized for a development effort which began in the prior fiscal year. In fiscal 2008, only $0.8 million of software research and development costs were capitalized due to the achievement of technological feasibility occurring near the end of the fiscal year.

        General and Administrative.    General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel costs of administrative, executive, financial and legal personnel, including outside professional fees. General and administrative expenses for fiscal 2008 increased $3.6 million, or 7.1%, to $54.6 million from $51.0 million in fiscal 2007. The increase was attributed primarily to external consultant and audit fees of $8.4 million associated with the restatement of our fiscal 2007 financial statements and professional fee costs associated with the extended period of time to complete our fiscal 2008 audit and a $1.2 million increase in recruiting fees. These costs were partially offset by lower legal fees of $4.1 million compared to fiscal 2007. The decrease in legal fees from fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008 was associated with expenses incurred in fiscal 2007 associated with an SEC civil enforcement action and an arbitration proceeding alleging that software products and implementation services failed to meet customer expectations. This change is further explained by a decrease in the provision for bad debt of $2.4 million as a result of collecting cash received for customer account balances which were previously considered uncollectible.

        Restructuring Charges.    During fiscal 2008, we recorded $8.6 million in restructuring charges. The restructuring charges of $6.0 million were related to costs associated with our plan to relocate our corporate headquarters and recorded under the May 2007 restructuring plan. The remainder of the restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2008 consisted of revisions of estimates associated with lease exit costs and accretion of the discounted restructuring accruals under previous restructuring plans.

        Interest Income.    Interest income for fiscal 2008 increased $1.9 million, or 8.7%, to $23.8 million from $21.9 million in fiscal 2007. Interest income is generated from the investment of excess cash in short term instruments, and from the accretion of interest on multi-year software licenses when revenues are recognized at the time the license was shipped. In these transactions, interest income represents the difference between the sum of the installment payments on the software license and the net present value of the payment stream, and is earned over the life of the contract. The year over year

50


Table of Contents


increase in interest income is a result of a higher average receivables balance, both installment and collateralized, during fiscal 2008.

        We have pledged a portion of the installments receivable contracts to unrelated financial institutions as collateral for secured borrowings and recorded the value of these installments as collateralized receivables on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

        Interest Expense.    Interest expense is incurred primarily from our secured borrowings. The secured borrowings are derived from our securitizations and borrowing arrangements with unrelated financial institutions. Interest expense in fiscal 2008 decreased 4.3% to $17.8 million from $18.6 million in fiscal 2007. The overall decrease was attributable to a lower level of secured borrowings, in particular a lower level of high interest debt due to the repayment of the securitization arrangements entered into during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2007, referenced below at Liquidity and Capital Resources, which occurred in fiscal 2008.

        Foreign Currency Exchange Gain (Loss).    We use forward contracts to manage the currency risk related to certain business transactions denominated in foreign currencies. The contracts mitigate our risk from exchange rate movements since they generally offset gains and losses on the related foreign currency denominated transactions. Our foreign currency forward contracts have not been designated as hedging instruments and, therefore, do not qualify for fair value or cash flow hedge treatment under the criteria of Statement No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." Therefore, the unrealized gains and losses on our contracts, as well as the underlying transaction we are attempting to hedge, have been recognized as a component of other expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The $3.6 million gain is a result of significant increases in the two primary foreign currency cash accounts whose balances doubled during the fiscal year.

        Provision for/Benefit from Income Taxes.    We recorded a provision for income taxes of $1.4 million for fiscal 2009, primarily related to state income taxes. Although our foreign subsidiaries are profitable, current taxes were offset by reversals in FIN 48 reserves. We did not record a federal income tax provision on our domestic income, due to the offset in valuation allowance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Resources

        Our primary source of cash is from the licensing of our products and associated services. Our primary use of cash is payment of our operating costs which consist primarily of employee-related expenses, such as compensation and benefits, as well as general operating expenses for marketing, facilities and overhead costs. We historically have financed our operations through cash generated from operating activities, public offerings of our convertible debentures and common stock, private offerings of our preferred stock and common stock, borrowings secured by our installment receivable contracts and borrowings under bank credit facilities. As of June 30, 2009, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of $122.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and $17.5 million of unused borrowings under our credit facility. The amount of unused borrowings actually available, under the credit facility varies in accordance with the terms of the agreement. We believe that the amount of borrowing capacity currently available along with our current cash and cash equivalents balance and future cash flows from operations, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months. We are not currently dependent upon short-term funding, and the limited availability of credit in the market has not affected our credit facility our liquidity, or materially impacted our funding costs.

51


Table of Contents

        The following table summarizes our cash flow activities for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Cash flow provided by (used in):

                   

Operating activities

  $ 33,450   $ 70,829   $ 55,720  

Investing activities

    (5,772 )   (9,756 )   (7,864 )

Financing activities

    (38,419 )   (59,761 )   (2,182 )

Effect of exchange rates on cash balances

    (1,094 )   469     321  
               

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (11,835 ) $ 1,781   $ 45,995  
               

Operating Activities

        Cash generated by operating activities is our primary source of liquidity and provided $33.5 million during fiscal 2009. This amount resulted from net income of $52.9 million, adjusted for non-cash charges of $17.1 million, and a net $36.5 million use of cash due to an increase in working capital.

        Non-cash items within net income consisted primarily of $8.7 million of depreciation and amortization, $4.7 million of stock-based compensation, and $3.8 million of net unrealized foreign currency losses driven by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar.

        Our cash balance decreased in part due to a $36.5 million increase in working capital. The change in working capital consisted primarily of decreases in: deferred revenues of $27.7 million; income taxes payable of $10.2 million, decreases in prepaid expenses of $11.2 million, other non-current liabilities attributed to adjustments to our FIN 48 reserves of $6.7 million, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $10.1 million and decreases in installments and collateralized receivables of $8.0 million, partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $34.6 million and to a lesser extent a decrease in unbilled services.

        The decrease in deferred revenue was primarily attributable to the timing of revenue recognition for certain license agreements that were signed during fiscal 2008, but not fully delivered and therefore did not meet revenue recognition criteria until fiscal 2009. While we had a material amount of license bookings closed during fiscal 2009 that were not recognized as revenue during the fiscal year, unlike fiscal 2008, the majority of these license bookings were not recorded as receivables and deferred revenue on our fiscal 2009 year-end balance sheet. The decrease in accounts receivable resulted from a number of large contracts closed during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 where customers elected to pay for their multi-year contract at the outset of the arrangement, resulting in the full contract value of the receivable being recorded as accounts receivable at the end of fiscal 2008. There was a lower dollar value of contracts with similar terms in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2009. The decreases in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities were primarily due to lower income taxes payable and accrued bonus amounts.

        Looking ahead, we expect to generate positive cash flow from operations. As discussed in the Business Overview section of this Item 7, we do not expect the adoption of our new licensing model to have a negative impact on our operating cash flows because most of our existing contracts are already on an installment term basis. We anticipate that existing cash balances, together with funds generated from operations, will be sufficient to finance our operations and meet our cash requirements for the foreseeable future.

Investing Activities

        During fiscal 2009, we used $5.8 million of cash for investments to upgrade our financial reporting and management information systems and for the development of our aspenONE v7 software release, which provided additional integration benefits within the aspenONE suite.

52


Table of Contents

        We are continuing our efforts to enhance our information system and implement other related internal control changes, which have been designed in part to remediate our material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting. A portion of the remediation costs are expected to be incurred to upgrade our existing financial applications. We do not expect these costs to be materially different from our IT investment costs in prior fiscal years.

        We are not currently party to any material purchase contracts related to future capital expenditures.

Financing Activities

        During fiscal 2009, we used $38.4 million of cash for financing activities of which $38.1 million was used to reduce our secured borrowings balance. Based on the current cash forecast, we expect secured borrowings balances to continue to decline during fiscal 2010.

Borrowings Collateralized by Receivable Contracts

        We historically have maintained arrangements, which we refer to as our Traditional Programs, with financial institutions providing for borrowings that are secured by our installment and other receivable contracts, and for which limited recourse exists against us. Under our arrangements with General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America and Silicon Valley Bank (SVB), both parties must agree to enter into each transaction and negotiate the amount borrowed and interest rate secured by each receivable. The customers' payments of the underlying receivables fund the repayment of the related amounts borrowed. The weighted average interest rate on the secured borrowings was 8.1% and 7.6% at June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

        The collateralized receivables earn interest income, and the secured borrowings accrue borrowing costs at approximately the same interest rate. When we receive cash from a customer, the collateralized receivable balance is reduced and the related secured borrowing is reclassified to an accrued liability for amounts we must remit to the financial institution. The accrued liability is reduced when payment is remitted to the financial institutions. The terms of the customer receivables range from amounts due within 30 days to receivables due over five years.

        Under these arrangements, we received aggregate cash proceeds of $30.2 million, $74.1 million and $148.9 million during fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Since December 2007, we have not sold any receivables for the purpose of raising cash, but we have sold some large dollar receivables in order to fund the repurchase of several large groups of smaller receivables previously sold to the banks, for the purpose of simplifying our administration of the programs. As of June 30, 2009, we had outstanding secured borrowings of $112.1 million that were secured by collateralized receivables totaling $96.4 million under the Traditional Programs.

        We estimate that there was in excess of $35.0 million available under the SVB program at June 30, 2009. As the collection of the collateralized receivables and resulting payment of the borrowing obligation will reduce the outstanding balance, the availability under the arrangement can be increased. We expect to maintain our access to cash under this arrangement, and to transfer installments receivable as business requirements dictate. Our ongoing ability to access the available capacity will depend upon a number of factors, including the generation of additional customer receivables and the financial institution's willingness to continue to enter into these transactions.

        Under the terms of the Traditional Programs, we have transferred the receivables to the financial institutions with limited financial recourse to us. We can be required to repurchase the receivables under certain circumstances in case of specific defaults by us as set forth in the program terms. Potential recourse obligations are primarily related to the SVB arrangement that requires us to pay

53


Table of Contents


interest to SVB when the underlying customer has not paid by the receivable due date. This recourse is limited to a maximum period of 90 days after the due date. The amount of outstanding receivables that have this potential recourse obligation is $43.6 million at June 30, 2009. This 90-day recourse obligation is recognized as interest expense as incurred and totaled $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.7 million for fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Otherwise, recourse generally results from circumstances in which we failed to perform requirements related to contracts with the customer. Other than the specific items noted above, the financial institutions bear the credit risk of the customers associated with the receivables the institution purchased.

        In the ordinary course of us acting as a servicing agent for receivables transferred to SVB, we regularly receive funds from customers that are processed and remitted onward to SVB. While in our possession, these cash receipts are contractually owned by SVB and are held by us on their behalf until remitted to the bank. Cash receipts held for the benefit of SVB recorded in our cash balances and current liabilities totaled $0.9 million as of June 30, 2008, no such funds were held as of June 30, 2009. Such amounts are restricted from our use.

        The terms of the asset purchase agreement for one of the programs requires the timely reporting of financial information. As of June 30, 2009, we were not in compliance with that requirement. We have obtained waivers for such non-compliance which extends the deadline for delivering the fiscal 2009 financial information until November 30, 2009. We are in the process of obtaining an additional waiver to extend the reporting deadline for the financial information for the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Because we have been unable to timely report financial information and the waiver of this covenant does not extend the grace period for a year and a day past the balance sheet date, the obligation under this program has been classified as a current obligation in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2009.

        In June 2008, we paid the outstanding amount under the Bank of America program at its carrying value of $2.7 million inclusive of a one percent pre-payment penalty.

        During fiscal 2005 and 2007 we entered into two securitization arrangements where we securitized and transferred receivables with a net carrying value of $71.9 million and $32.1 million, respectively, and received cash proceeds of $43.8 million and $20.0 million, respectively. These borrowings were secured by the transferred receivables, and the debt and borrowing costs were repaid as the receivables were collected. Neither arrangement met the criteria for a sale and as such had been accounted for as a secured borrowing. We received and retained collections on these receivables after all borrowing and related costs were paid to the financial institution. The financial institutions' rights to repayment were limited to the payments received from the receivables. Both securitizations were paid off during fiscal 2008 at their respective carrying values of $4.2 million and $12.2 million. The payments resulted in a reclassification to accounts receivable of $9.8 million and to current installments receivable of $17.8 million from the current portion of collateralized receivables, and $23.9 million from non-current collateralized receivables to non-current installment receivables.

54


Table of Contents

Credit Facility

        In January 2003 and through subsequent amendments, we executed a loan arrangement with SVB. This arrangement provides a line of credit of up to the lesser of (i) $25.0 million or (ii) 80% of eligible domestic receivables. The line of credit bears interest at the greater of the bank's prime rate (3.25% at June 30, 2009) plus 0.5%, or 4.75%. If we maintain a $10.0 million compensating cash balance with the bank, our unused line of credit fee will be 0.1875% per annum; otherwise it will be 0.375% per annum. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of our assets and we are required to provide certain financial information and to meet certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum cash balances and an adjusted quick ratio. As of June 30, 2009, we were not in compliance with certain financial reporting requirements under the terms of the loan arrangement, and have obtained waivers for such non-compliance. Furthermore, the terms of the loan arrangement restrict our ability to pay dividends, with the exception of dividends paid in common stock or preferred stock dividends paid in cash.

        On November 3, 2009, we executed an amendment to the loan arrangement that adjusted certain terms of covenants, including modifying the date we must provide monthly unaudited and annual audited financial statements to the bank and the maturity date of the credit loan, which was extended to May 15, 2010. As of June 30, 2009, there were $7.7 million in letters of credit outstanding under the line of credit, and there was $17.5 million available for future borrowing.

Requirements

Contractual obligations and requirements

        As described above, we have transferred certain receivables under our receivable sale facilities, and these transactions have been classified as collateralized receivables and secured borrowings for accounting purposes. Repayments of these borrowings are funded by the payments made by the customer either directly to the applicable financial institution or to us as agent, with no financial recourse to us. Accordingly, we do not have any contractual obligation to fund these payments, as the scheduled payments are not our obligation, and there are no financial guarantees issued in relation to these transactions. The table below excludes these transactions, as we do not have a contractual payment obligation.

        Our contractual obligations at June 30, 2009 primarily consisted of operating leases for our headquarters and other facilities, purchase commitments, and other debt obligations. Other than these, there were no other commitments for capital or other expenditures. Our obligations related to these items at June 30, 2009 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Payments due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 Year
  2-3
Years
  4-5
Years
  More than
5 Years
 

Contractual Cash Obligations:

                               

Operating leases

    43,823     12,460     17,541     8,817     5,005  

Fixed fee royalty obligations

    3,268     1,134     1,586     374     174  

Contractual royalty obligations

    14,479     8,627     3,968     1,884      
                       
   

Total contractual cash obligations

  $ 61,570   $ 22,221   $ 23,095   $ 11,075   $ 5,179  

Other Commercial Commitments:

                               

Standby letters of credit

  $ 7,733   $ 1,016   $ 1,959   $   $ 4,758  
                       
   

Total commercial commitments

  $ 7,733   $ 1,016   $ 1,959   $   $ 4,758  

        Total contractual future sublease rental income as of June 30, 2009 was $9.5 million, which is not included in the above table.

55


Table of Contents

        On September 5, 2007, we entered into an additional sublease agreement related to our former office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts, effective October 1, 2007 for approximately 50,000 square feet that expires on September 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2009, we had multiple agreements that expire through 2012 to sublease approximately 106,295 square feet of space in our former office space in Cambridge. These sublease agreements represent $7.6 million of scheduled sublease payments not included in the above table.

        See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under the caption of "Operating Leases" for additional disclosure.

        The standby letters of credit are issued to secure performance on professional services contracts and rental agreements and were issued by SVB in the U.S. and National Westminster Bank in the UK.

Dividends

        In accordance with our charter, upon each conversion of shares of our Series D-1 or D-2 convertible preferred stock into common stock, we paid a cash dividend in the amount of the dividends accumulated with respect to those shares from their original issue date to the conversion date. We paid to the holders of those shares a total of $2.4 million upon the conversion of 30,000 shares of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock into 3,000,000 shares of common stock in May 2006 and an additional $27.4 million upon the conversion of the remaining 270,300 shares of Series D-1 convertible preferred stock into 27,030,000 shares of common stock in December 2006. We paid $6.6 million to the holder of our Series D-2 convertible preferred stock upon conversion of all of the 63,064 outstanding shares of such preferred stock into 6,306,400 shares of common stock in January 2007. Historically we have not paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying dividends in the future.

Inflation

        Inflation has not had a significant impact on our operating results to date and we do not expect inflation to have a significant impact during fiscal 2010.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements," (SFAS No. 157) which enhances existing guidance for measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 157-2, "Effective Date of FASB Statement No 157," which permits companies to partially defer the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. We adopted SFAS No. 157 on July 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities" (SFAS No. 159). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and provides entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. Once an entity has elected the fair value option for designated financial instruments and other items, changes in fair value must be recognized in the statement of operations. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159 as of July 1, 2008. As of June 30, 2009, we had not elected the fair value option for any eligible financial asset or liability.

56


Table of Contents

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, "Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133." This statement changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 161 as of January 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 161 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, "Subsequent Events" (SFAS No. 165). SFAS No. 165 establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. SFAS No. 165 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. We adopted SFAS No. 165 on April 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 165 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), "Business Combinations," (SFAS No. 141(R)) which replaces SFAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. It also establishes disclosure requirements which will enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 141(R) on July 1, 2009. We expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) will have an impact on accounting for business combinations but the effect is primarily dependent upon future acquisitions.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—An amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51" ("SFAS No. 160"), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's ownership interest, and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. The Statement also establishes reporting requirements that provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 160 as of July 1, 2009. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 160 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as no minority interests are reported as of June 30, 2009.

        In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 140-3, "Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions" (FSP FAS 140-3). The objective of FSP FAS 140-3 is to provide guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and repurchase financing. FSP FAS 140-3 presumes that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (linked transaction) under SFAS No. 140. However, if certain criteria are met, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately under SFAS No. 140. FSP FAS 140-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008 and interim periods in those fiscal years. Early adoption is not permitted. We will adopt the provisions of FSP FAS 140-3 on July 1, 2009. The adoption of FSP FAS 140-3 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

57


Table of Contents

        In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 142-3, "Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets" (FSP FAS 142-3). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We will adopt the provisions of FSP FAS 142-3 on July 1, 2009. The adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166, "Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets" (SFAS No. 166). SFAS No. 166 removes the concept of a Qualifying Special Purpose Entity from SFAS No. 140 and removes the exception from applying FIN 46R. This statement also clarifies the requirements for isolation and limitations on portions of financial assets that are eligible for sale accounting. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after Nov. 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 166 on July 1, 2010. The adoption of SFAS No. 166 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, "Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)" (SFAS No. 167). SFAS No. 167 amends the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities and affects the overall consolidation analysis under FASB Interpretation No. 46(R). SFAS No. 167 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 167 as of July 1, 2010. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 167 on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168, "The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—A replacement of FASB Statement No. 162" (SFAS No. 168). SFAS No. 168 stipulates the FASB Accounting Standards Codification is the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. SFAS No. 168 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 168 on July 1, 2009. The implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In October 2009, the FASB issued EITF 08-1 "Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements" (EITF 08-1). EITF 08-1 amends EITF 00-21, "Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables" to eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have Vendor-Specific Objective Evidence (VSOE) or Third-Party Evidence (TPE) before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the standalone selling price for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity's estimated selling price. Application of the "residual method" of allocating an overall arrangement fee between delivered and undelivered elements will no longer be permitted upon adoption of EITF 08-1. Additionally, the new guidance will require entities to disclose more information about their multiple-element revenue arrangements. EITF 08-1 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt EITF 08-1 on July 1, 2010. We are currently evaluating the impacts of the adoption of EITF 08-1 on our consolidated financial statements.

        In October 2009, the FASB issued EITF 09-3 "Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements" (EITF 09-3). EITF 09-3 amends SOP 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition" to exclude from its scope tangible products that contain both software and non-software components that function together to deliver a product's essential functionality. EITF 09-3 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15,

58


Table of Contents


2010. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt EITF 09-3 on July 1, 2010. We do not expect the adoption of EITF 09-3 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

        In the ordinary course of conducting business, we are exposed to certain risks associated with potential changes in market conditions. These market risks include changes in currency exchange rates and interest rates. In order to manage the volatility of our more significant market risks, we enter into derivative financial instruments such as forward currency exchange contracts.

Foreign Currency Exposure

        Foreign currency risk arises primarily from the net difference between (a) non-U.S. dollar (non-USD) receipts from customers outside the U.S. and (b) non-USD operating costs for subsidiaries in foreign countries. Although it was our historical practice to hedge the majority of our non-USD receipts, beginning in late fiscal 2008 we revised this practice to evaluate the need for hedges based on only the net exposure to foreign currencies. We measure our net exposure to each currency for which we have either cash inflows or outflows.

        During fiscal 2009, our largest exposures to foreign exchange rates existed primarily with the Euro, British Pound Sterling, Canadian Dollar, and Japanese Yen against the U.S. dollar. Based on the anticipated net exposures to these currencies, we believe that our foreign currency risk is not large enough to require hedging, and as such there were no foreign currency exchange contracts outstanding at June 30, 2009.

Investment Portfolio

        We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. We place our investments in instruments that meet high credit quality standards, as specified in our investment policy guidelines. We do not expect any material loss with respect to our investment portfolio from changes in market interest rates or credit losses as our investments consist primarily of money market accounts. At June 30, 2009, all of the instruments in our investment portfolio were included in cash and cash equivalents.

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

        The following consolidated financial statements specified by this Item, together with the reports thereon of KPMG LLP and Deloitte & Touche LLP, are presented following Item 15 of this report:

59


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

        On January 10, 2008, Deloitte & Touche LLP ("Deloitte") informed our Audit Committee that Deloitte declined to stand for re-appointment as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal 2008 audit. However, Deloitte agreed to be engaged for the review of our interim consolidated financial statements included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007. On March 12, 2008, the Audit Committee appointed KPMG LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal 2008.

        During fiscal 2006 and 2007 and through the subsequent interim period preceding such resignation, there was no disagreement between us and Deloitte on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure that, if not resolved to Deloitte's satisfaction, would have caused Deloitte to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreement in connection with its audit report. There were no "reportable events" as that term is described in Item 304(a) (1) (v) of Regulation S-K during fiscal 2006 and 2007 or the subsequent interim period through September 30, 2007, except for the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2007 reported in Item 9A of the fiscal 2007 Form 10-K. Deloitte has not expressed any opinion on our internal control over financial reporting on any date subsequent to June 30, 2007.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures.

a)    Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Our management, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2009. The term "disclosure controls and procedures," as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company's management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of June 30, 2009, and due to the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting described in our accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective.

b)    Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for our company. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, a Company's principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external

60


Table of Contents


purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        Our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009. In connection with this assessment, we identified the following material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—An Integrated Framework (September 1992). Because of the material weaknesses described below, management concluded that, as of June 30, 2009, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective.

1) Inadequate and ineffective monitoring controls

        Management did not sufficiently monitor internal control over financial reporting, specifically:

        This material weakness contributed to the additional material weaknesses discussed below.

2) Inadequate and ineffective controls over the periodic financial close process

        We did not have adequate controls in our financial close process that would provide reasonable assurance that financial statements could be prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we did not have: (a) properly designed or effectively operating process, systems and review of our periodic closing activities to ensure accurate and timely generation of financial statements; primarily with respect to timely and accurate recording of license and professional services revenue, non-standard expense

61


Table of Contents


accruals, tax expenses and deferred tax assets; (b) properly designed and consistently performed account reconciliations and review of manual journal entries; (c) effectively designed and operating controls for consolidation and accounting for intercompany activities including those denominated in foreign currencies; and (d) effectively operating reconciliation or review controls to ensure the appropriate accounting for stock-based awards.

        This material weakness resulted in material post-closing adjustments reflected in the financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2009. These adjustments resulted in changes to assets, liabilities, stockholders' equity, revenue and expenses.

3) Inadequate and ineffective controls over income tax accounting and disclosure

        We did not have adequate design or operation of controls that provide reasonable assurance that the accounting for income taxes and related disclosures were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, we did not have sufficient staffing and technical expertise in the tax function to provide adequate review and control with respect to the (a) foreign subsidiary tax provisions and related accruals; (b) complete and accurate recording of deferred tax assets and liabilities due to differences in accounting treatment for book and tax purposes; and (c) complete and accurate recording of income tax accounting entries and corresponding tax provisions and accruals.

        This material weakness contributed to material post-closing adjustments which have been reflected in the financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2009. These adjustments resulted in changes in deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accrued tax liability, income tax expense, retained earnings and related disclosures.

4) Inadequate and ineffective controls over the recognition of revenue

        We did not have adequate controls that provided reasonable assurance that revenue was recorded in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, the complexity of arrangements and timing of license shipments make it difficult to consistently determine appropriate revenue recognition in an accurate and timely manner. In addition, we did not have: (a) appropriately documented revenue recognition policies and procedures, and adequately designed or effectively operating review controls to ensure that revenue would be recorded consistently in accordance with GAAP; (b) effective communications between each of our departments regarding matters that may have accounting consequences; (c) appropriately designed or effectively operating review controls performed by individuals with appropriate technical expertise to ensure that multiple-element arrangements and non routine transactions were properly accounted for; (d) appropriately designed system configuration controls or effectively operating review and reconciliation controls to ensure that reports generated from our information systems could be relied upon for the purpose of recording revenue transactions in accordance with GAAP; (e) appropriately designed and effectively operating review controls to ensure that appropriate customer discount rates were used to calculate the present value of license contracts with extended payment terms; and (f) effectively designed and operating review controls to ensure that the delivery criterion was met for all license transactions prior to being recognized as revenue.

        This material weakness resulted in material post closing adjustments which have been reflected in the financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2009. These adjustments caused changes in accounts receivable, unbilled services, deferred revenue, revenue, commissions, and royalty expenses.

        KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009. This report appears below.

62


Table of Contents

c)     Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        As previously reported in Item 9A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2008 we reported material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). As a result of those material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, our principal financial officer concluded that our internal controls over financial reporting were not effective as of June 30, 2008. Those material weaknesses included the following:

        During the quarter ended June 30, 2009, no changes other than those in conjunction with certain remediation efforts described below, were identified to our internal control over financial reporting that materially affected, or were reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

d)    Remediation Efforts

        We determined that the following material weakness (reported in our 2008 Form 10-K) was remediated as of June 30, 2009:

        The remediation in our fourth quarter of fiscal 2009 included the following:

In the first three quarters of fiscal 2009, we hired key financial leaders with subject matter expertise. In our fourth quarter of fiscal 2009, we also implemented the following measures to improve our internal controls over financial reporting process. We plan to further enhance these measures in fiscal 2010.

63


Table of Contents

e)     Remediation Plans

        Management, in coordination with the input, oversight and support of our Audit Committee, has identified the following measures to strengthen our internal control over financial reporting and to address the material weaknesses described above. In addition to improving the effectiveness and compliance with key controls, our remediation efforts involve numerous business and accounting process improvements and the implementation of key system enhancements. The process and system enhancements are generally designed to simplify and standardize business practices and to improve timeliness and access to associated accounting data through increased systems automation. We began implementing certain of these measures prior to the filing of this Form 10-K. While we expect remedial actions to be essentially implemented in fiscal 2010, some may not be in place for a sufficient period of time to help us certify that material weaknesses have been fully remediated as of the end of fiscal year 2010. We will continue to develop our remediation plans and implement additional measures during fiscal 2010 and possibly into fiscal 2011.

64


Table of Contents

        In addition to the remedial measures discussed above, we recently introduced a new subscription-based license offering for our aspenONE software suite that was available as of July 9, 2009. This new aspenONE license offering will result in revenue being recognized on a subscription basis over the term of multi-year contracts and we expect that the majority of our customers will purchase under this offering. In our previous license offering, revenue was recognized for the net present value of license fees over the license term in the period in which the license agreement was signed and the software was delivered to the customer. We expect that this change from predominantly up-front revenue recognition will simplify certain business processes and decrease the complexities of our current license revenue recognition model. We expect that the simplification of these business processes combined with the remedial measures discussed above will increase the likelihood of successful remediation of our material weaknesses.

        If the remedial measures described above are insufficient to address any of the identified material weaknesses or are not implemented effectively, or additional deficiencies arise in the future, material misstatements in our interim or annual financial statements may occur in the future and we may continue to be delinquent in our filings. We are currently working to improve and simplify our internal processes and implement enhanced controls, as discussed above, to address the material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and to remedy the ineffectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. While this implementation phase is underway, we are relying on extensive manual procedures including the use of qualified external consultants and management detailed reviews, to assist us with meeting the objectives otherwise fulfilled by an effective internal control. A key element of our remediation effort is the ability to recruit and retain qualified individuals to support our remediation efforts as well as to complete the significant backlog of work required for us to become current with our SEC filings. While our Audit Committee and Board of Directors have been supportive of our efforts by supporting the hiring of various individuals in finance, treasury, tax and internal audit as well as funding efforts to improve our financial reporting system, improvement in internal control will be hampered if we can not recruit and retain more qualified professionals. Among other things, any unremediated material weaknesses could result in material post-closing adjustments in future financial statements. Furthermore, any such unremediated material weaknesses could have the effects described in "Item 1A. Risk Factors—In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, and our failure to effectively remedy the material weaknesses identified as of June 30, 2009 could result in material misstatements in our financial statements" in Part I of this Form 10-K.

65


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Aspen Technology, Inc.:

        We have audited Aspen Technology, Inc.'s and subsidiaries (the "Company") internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting (Item 9A(b)). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company's annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Material weaknesses have been identified and included in management's assessment related to the following:

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of June 30, 2009

66


Table of Contents


and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year then ended. These material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2009 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated November 6, 2009, which expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

        In our opinion, because of the effect of the aforementioned material weaknesses on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
November 6, 2009

67


Table of Contents

Item 9B.    Other Information.

        None.


PART III

Item 10.    Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages, as of October 18, 2009:

Mark E. Fusco
President, Chief Executive
Officer, and Director

  Mr. Fusco has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2005 and as one of our directors since 2003. Mr. Fusco served as president and chief operating officer of Ajilon Consulting, an information technology consulting firm, from May 2002 to January 2005, and as executive vice president of Ajilon Consulting from 1999 to 2002. Mr. Fusco was a co-founder of Software Quality Partners, an information technology consulting firm specializing in software quality assurance and testing that was acquired by Ajilon Consulting in 1999, and served as president of Software Quality Partners from 1994 to 1999. From 1994 to 1999, Mr. Fusco also served as president of Analysis and Computer Systems, Inc., a producer of simulation and test equipment for digital communications in the defense industry. Mr. Fusco was a professional ice hockey player for the Hartford Whalers of the National Hockey League, and was a member of the 1984 U.S. Olympic ice hockey team. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Harvard College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration. Mr. Fusco is 48 years old.

Antonio J. Pietri
Executive Vice President,
Field Operations

 

Mr. Pietri has served as our Executive Vice President, Field Operations since July 2007. Mr. Pietri served as our Senior Vice President and Managing Director for the APAC Region from 2002 to June 2007 and held various other positions with our Company from 1996 until 2002. From 1996 until 2002, he held various positions with our Company. From 1992 to 1996, he was at Setpoint Systems, Inc., which we acquired, and before that he worked at ABB Simcon and AECTRA Refining and Marketing, Inc. He holds an M.B.A. from the University of Houston and a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Tulsa. Mr. Pietri is 44 years old.

68


Table of Contents

Mark P. Sullivan
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer

 

Mr. Sullivan has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 1, 2009. He served as a financial consultant to our Company from March 2009 through June 2009. From 1994 to December 2008, Mr. Sullivan served in various financial executive positions at Fidelity Investments (FMR LLC), a diversified financial services company. From 1987 to 1993, he served as Chief Operating Officer and Principal Finance and Accounting Officer at Westerbeke Corporation, a manufacturer of generators, diesel propulsion engines and other power solutions for commercial and recreational marine applications. During 1987, he served as Consulting Manager in the Business Investigatory Services group of Coopers & Lybrand Company, a public accounting and professional services firm which merged with Price Waterhouse in 1998 to form PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. From 1980 to 1987 , he held a number of financial leadership roles with Analog Devices, Inc., a manufacturer of analog, mixed-signal and digital signal processing integrated circuits used in industrial, communication, computer and consumer applications. He holds a B.A. from Middlebury College and an M.S. in Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. Mr. Sullivan is 53 years old.

Frederic G. Hammond
Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary

 

Mr. Hammond has served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since July 2005. From February to June 2005, Mr. Hammond was a partner at the law firm of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder LLP in Boston, Massachusetts. From 1999 through August 2004, Mr. Hammond served as vice president, business affairs and general counsel of Gomez Advisors, Inc., a performance management and benchmarking technology services firm. From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Hammond served as general counsel of Avid Technology, Inc., a provider of digital media creation, management and distribution solutions. Prior to 1992, Mr. Hammond was an attorney with the law firm of Ropes & Gray LLP in Boston, Massachusetts. He holds a B.A. from Yale College and a J.D. from Boston College Law School. Mr. Hammond is 49 years old.

69


Table of Contents

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis
Senior Vice President,
Sales and Strategy

 

Mr. Kotzabasakis has served as our Senior Vice President, Sales and Strategy since July 2007. Mr. Kotzabasakis served as our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Business Development from January 2005 to June 2007; Senior Vice President, Marketing and Strategy from July 2004 to December 2004; Senior Vice President, Engineering Business Unit from September 2002 to June 2004; Vice President of our Aspen Engineering Suite of Products, Research and Development from 1998 to 2002; and Director of our Advanced Process Design Group from 1997 to 1998. He holds a B.Sc. in Chemical Engineering from the National Technical University of Athens and a M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Manchester Institute of Science and Technology. Mr. Kotzabasakis is 50 years old.

Blair F. Wheeler
Senior Vice President, Marketing

 

Mr. Wheeler has served as our Senior Vice President, Marketing since February 2005. From 2000 to January 2005, Mr. Wheeler served as vice president, marketing of Relicore, Inc., a provider of enterprise information technology infrastructure management software that he co-founded. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Wheeler served as vice president, business development for Webline Communications Corp., an Internet communications infrastructure and applications company that was acquired by Cisco Systems, Inc. in 1999. From 1993 to 1998, Mr. Wheeler was head of product marketing and business development for the broadcast products division of Avid Technology, Inc., a provider of digital media creation, management and distribution solutions. Mr. Wheeler was also previously a management consultant with The Boston Consulting Group and a geologist for Amoco Production Company International. He holds a B.S. in Geology and Geophysics from Yale College and an M.B.A. from the Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration. Mr. Wheeler is 51 years old.

Donald P. Casey
Director

 

Mr. Casey has served as one of our directors since 2004. Since 2001, Mr. Casey has been an information strategy and operations consultant to technology and financial services companies. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Casey served as president and chief operating officer of Exodus Communications, Inc., an Internet infrastructure services provider. From 1991 to 1999, Mr. Casey served as chief technology officer and president of Wang Global, Inc. Mr. Casey previously held executive management positions at Lotus Development Corporation, Apple Computer, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation. He holds a B.S. in Mathematics from St. Francis College. Mr. Casey is 63 years old.

70


Table of Contents

Gary E. Haroian
Director

 

Mr. Haroian has served as one of our directors since 2003. Since 2002, Mr. Haroian has been a consultant to emerging technology companies. From 2000 to 2002, Mr. Haroian served in various positions, including as chief financial officer, chief operating officer and chief executive officer, at Bowstreet, Inc., a provider of software application tools. From 1997 to 2000, Mr. Haroian served as senior vice president of finance and administration and chief financial officer of Concord Communications, Inc., a network management software company. From 1983 to 1996, Mr. Haroian served in various positions, including chief financial officer, president, chief operating officer and chief executive officer, at Stratus Computer, Inc., a provider of continuous availability solutions. Mr. Haroian serves as a director of A123 Systems, a company that designs, develops, manufactures and sells advanced, rechargeable lithium-ion batteries and battery systems, and began trading publicly on September 24, 2009. He also serves as a director of Embarcadero Technologies, Inc., a provider of data lifecycle management solutions, Lightbridge, Inc., a provider of transaction and payment processing services, Network Engines, Inc., a provider of server appliance software solutions and Phase Forward Incorporated, a provider of clinical trials and drug safety software. He is a Certified Public Accountant and holds a B.S. in Economics and Accounting from the University of Massachusetts Amherst. Mr. Haroian is 58 years old.

Stephen M. Jennings
Director

 

Mr. Jennings has served as Chairman of the Board since January 2005 and as one of our directors since 2000. Mr. Jennings has been a director of The Monitor Group, a strategy consulting firm, since 1996. He also serves as a director of LTX Corporation, a semiconductor test equipment manufacturer. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Dartmouth College and an M.A. (Oxon) from Oxford University, where he studied Philosophy, Politics and Economics as a Marshall Scholar. Mr. Jennings is 48 years old.

Joan C. McArdle
Director

 

Ms. McArdle has served as one of our directors since 1994. Ms. McArdle has served as a senior vice president of Massachusetts Capital Resource Company, an investment company, since 2001, and served as a vice president of Massachusetts Capital Resource Company from 1985 to 2001. She holds an A.B. in English from Smith College. Ms. McArdle is 58 years old.

71


Table of Contents

David M. McKenna
Director

 

Mr. McKenna has served as one of our directors since 2006. He has been a partner of Advent International Corporation since 2003 and held various other positions at Advent International Corporation from 1992 to 2000. Mr. McKenna was a principal at Bain Capital from 2000 to 2003. From 1992 to 2000, Mr. McKenna held various positions with Advent International. He holds a B.A. in English from Dartmouth College. Mr. McKenna is 41 years old.

Michael Pehl
Director

 

Mr. Pehl has served as one of our directors since 2003. Mr. Pehl has been a partner of North Bridge Growth Equity, a growth equity fund, since February 2007. Before joining North Bridge, Mr. Pehl was an operating partner of Advent International Corporation, a venture private equity firm, from 2001 to December 2006. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Pehl held various positions, including president, chief operating officer and director, at Razorfish, Inc., a strategic, creative and technology solutions provider for digital businesses. From 1996 to 1999, Mr. Pehl was chairman and chief executive officer of International Integration, Inc. (i-Cube), which was acquired by Razorfish, Inc. Prior to joining i-Cube, Mr. Pehl was a founder of International Consulting Solutions, Inc., an SAP implementation and business process consulting firm. Mr. Pehl is 48 years old.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

        Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities, to file initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC. These executive officers, directors and 10% stockholders are also required by SEC rules to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they file. To our knowledge, based solely on our review of the copies of these forms furnished to us and written representations that no other reports were required, during fiscal 2009, all section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to our officers, directors, and greater than 10% beneficial owners were complied with.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions. We have posted a copy of the code of business conduct and ethics in the corporate governance section of our website, www.aspentech.com. We intend to satisfy disclosure requirements regarding amendments to, or waivers from, our code by posting such information on our website.

Audit Committee

        Our board of directors has a separately designated standing audit committee in accordance with Section 3(a) (58) (A) of the Exchange Act. The responsibilities of the audit committee include:

72


Table of Contents

        The members of the audit committee are Donald Casey, Gary Haroian and Joan McArdle. The board of directors has determined that all the members of the audit committee are independent directors as defined under applicable NASDAQ rules, including the independence requirements contemplated by rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The board of directors has determined that Mr. Haroian is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules. The audit committee met 43 times during fiscal 2009, either in person or by teleconference. Each member attended at least 75% of the meetings held by the audit committee in fiscal 2009.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

        The compensation committee of our board of directors oversees our executive compensation program. In this role, the compensation committee is responsible for determining compensation of our executive officers for each fiscal year.

Objectives and Philosophy of Our Executive Compensation Program

        AspenTech has a total compensation philosophy designed to provide compensation that is linked to performance, competitive with other companies in the markets in which we compete, and perceived to be fair and equitable, and that can be sustained in all business environments. The compensation policies established by the compensation committee have been designed to link executive compensation to the attainment of specific performance goals and to align the interests of executive officers with those of our stockholders. The policies are also designed to allow us to attract and retain senior executives critical to our long-term success by providing competitive compensation packages and recognizing and rewarding individual contributions, to ensure that executive compensation is aligned with corporate strategies and business objectives, and to promote the achievement of key strategic and financial performance measures.

        To achieve these objectives, the compensation committee evaluates our executive compensation program with the goal of setting compensation at levels the compensation committee believes are competitive with those of other companies in our industry and regions that compete with us for executive talent. In addition, our executive compensation program ties a substantial portion of each executive's overall compensation to key strategic, financial and operational goals such as growth and penetration of customer base and financial and operational performance, as measured by metrics such as revenue and profitability. We also provide a portion of our executive compensation in the form of

73


Table of Contents


stock options and restricted stock units that vest over time, which we believe helps to retain our executives and aligns their interests with those of our stockholders by allowing the executives to participate in the longer term success of our Company through stock price appreciation.

        In making compensation decisions, the compensation committee reviewed information on practices, programs and compensation levels implemented by publicly traded software companies. This peer group consists of companies the compensation committee believes are generally comparable to our Company and against which the compensation committee believes we compete for executive talent. The composition of the peer group is reviewed and updated periodically by the compensation committee. The companies included in this peer group as of June 30, 2009 were:

ANSYS, Inc.

Epicor Software Corporation

i2 Technologies, Inc.

Informatica Corporation

JDA Software Group, Inc.

Lawson Software, Inc.

Manhattan Associates, Inc.

Mentor Graphics Corporation

Parametric Technology Corporation

Progress Software Corporation

QAD Inc.

TIBCO Software Inc.

        In fiscal 2009, we did not engage any compensation consultants in determining or recommending the amount or form of executive or director compensation.

        We consider actual realized compensation received in determining if our compensation programs are meeting their objectives. We do not typically reduce compensation plan targets because of compensation realized from prior awards, however, as we do not want to create a disincentive for exceptional performance.

Components of Our Executive Compensation Program

        Our executive compensation program includes the following elements:

        We have no formal or informal policy or target for allocating compensation between long-term and short-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among the different forms of non-cash compensation. Instead, the compensation committee exercises its judgment and discretion in determining what it believes to be the appropriate level and mix of the various compensation

74


Table of Contents


components. The committee also has a practice of reviewing its recommendations with the full board before making its final compensation determinations.

        We establish base salaries at competitive market rates to attract and retain the caliber of talent necessary for our success. Base salary is used to recognize the performance, skills, knowledge, experience and responsibilities required of all our employees, including our executive officers. When establishing base salaries of our executive officers for fiscal 2010 and 2009, the compensation committee considered the survey data of compensation in the peer group, as well as a variety of other factors, including the experience and performance of the executive, the scope of the executive's responsibility, and the base salary of the executive at his/her prior employment, where applicable. Generally, we believe that our executives' base salaries should be targeted near the median of the range of salaries for executives in similar positions at comparable companies.

        The compensation committee reviews the base salaries of our executive officers at least annually, and adjusts base salaries from time-to-time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance and experience.

        In fiscal 2009 we had two annual incentive bonus plans for our executives: the Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan, which we refer to below as the Executive Plan, and the Operations Executives Plan, which we refer to as the Operations Plan. The participants in the Executive Plan consist of our chief executive officer and the executives reporting directly to our chief executive officer, except for executives who participate in the Operations Plan. Each of our named executive officers participated in the Executive Plan for fiscal 2009, except for Mr. Kotzabasakis, who participated in the Operations Plan. Each of our named executive officers will participate in the Executive Plan for fiscal 2010.

        In addition to the Executive Plan and the Operations Plan, on September 9, 2009, the compensation committee approved funding a discretionary bonus pool for employees who did not participate in a commission-based incentive plan. Awards from the bonus pool were paid in cash based on individual performance during fiscal 2009. The awards included payments to Messrs. Fusco, Pietri and Hammond.

        Amounts earned under the Executive Plan are payable in cash and directly tied to achievement of corporate financial targets and attainment of individual performance goals. The threshold level for being awarded a bonus pursuant to the Executive Plan can be characterized as demanding, while the maximum goal contemplates compliance with challenging requirements. We do not have a general policy regarding the adjustment of compensation following a restatement or adjustment of our performance measures. Amounts payable under the Executive Plan in 2009 were based in part on meeting corporate operating income targets. The corporate operating income component was weighted at 60% to 70% of the overall bonus, and measured the extent to which we achieved a corporate operating income target amount. For fiscal 2009, the Executive Plan included both a minimum operating income threshold of 80% of the target amount, which had to be met in order for any bonus to be paid under the Executive Plan, and a maximum operating income threshold, above which no additional bonus would be earned. Amounts payable under the Executive Plan corresponded to the applicable executive's base salary, with those with broader scope typically being compensated at a higher level. The annual corporate operating income target was contained in the business plan adopted by the board of directors. Bonuses attributable to the corporate operating income component were paid annually.

75


Table of Contents

        Amounts payable under the Executive Plan in fiscal 2009 were also based in part on whether an individual met specific performance goals. Individual objectives were weighted at 30% to 40%, and measured the extent to which an individual achieved performance objectives established specifically for that executive officer. The performance objectives were necessarily tied to the particular functional responsibilities of the individual, and his/her performance in fulfilling those responsibilities.

        The compensation committee reviewed with the board and approved the individual performance goals for each executive under the Executive Plan. The chief executive officer developed individual goals for the executives reporting to him, subject to the compensation committee's review and approval. The compensation committee established goals for the chief executive officer.

        On September 9, 2009, the compensation committee approved the Executive Plan for fiscal 2010. For fiscal 2010, the employees eligible under this plan include our Chief Executive Officer; the Executive Vice President—Field Operations; the Chief Financial Officer; the Senior Vice President Worldwide Sales Operations; the Senior Vice President, Marketing; the Senior Vice President, Human Resources; the Senior Vice President, Research & Development; the Senior Vice President, Worldwide Customer Service & Training; the Senior Vice President, Strategy; the Senior Vice President and General Counsel; and such other executives as may be determined from time-to-time by our Board of Directors or the Committee.

        Payments under this plan are based on a combination of the Company's overall performance and the eligible executive's individual performance.

        In fiscal 2010, performance will be evaluated at mid-year and at year-end, and the bonus will be allocated 25% to mid-year and 75% to year-end. The year-end calculation will also be weighted by the individual performance assessment rating.

        No award will be payable to an executive under the plan if the executive's employment terminates prior to the payment date under the plan; provided that in the event the executive's employment terminates due to death, incapacity or retirement, then any award payable will be prorated.

        In addition to awards based on the performance metrics established in the plan, the compensation committee may make discretionary awards to eligible employees in such amounts as the committee determines are appropriate and in our best interests.

        Amounts earned under the Operations Plan in fiscal 2009 were payable in cash and directly tied to achievement of corporate financial targets and regional performance objectives.

76


Table of Contents

        Amounts payable under the Operations Plan in fiscal 2009 were based in part on meeting corporate operating income targets and specific individual performance goals. Bonuses attributable to these components were paid annually.

        The corporate operating income component was weighted at 20% of the overall bonus for fiscal 2009, and measured the extent to which we achieved a corporate operating income target amount. The plan included both a minimum operating income threshold of 80% of the target amount, which was required to be met in order for any bonus to be paid under the Operations Plan, and a maximum operating income threshold, above which no additional bonus would be earned.

        Individual objectives were weighted at 5% for fiscal 2009, and measured the extent to which an individual achieved performance objectives established specifically for that executive officer. Payments based on this component were capped at the executive officers' respective target bonus amounts. The performance objectives were necessarily tied to the particular functional responsibilities of the individual and his/her performance in fulfilling those responsibilities.

        The regional performance component was weighted at 75% of the overall bonus for fiscal 2009, and measured the extent to which we achieved performance objectives for the region(s) for which the executive was responsible. Bonuses attributable to the regional performance component were paid as quarterly commissions based on quarterly regional or consolidated financial results.

        The compensation committee approved the performance goals for each executive, the weighting of various goals for each executive, and the formula for determining potential bonus amounts based on achievement of those goals. Our chief executive officer and the executive vice president for field operations were responsible for developing, and assessing compliance with, the individual performance goals for each executive participating in the Operations Plan for fiscal 2009. The threshold level for being awarded a bonus pursuant to the Operations Plan can be characterized as demanding, while the maximum goal contemplates compliance with challenging requirements.

        Our equity award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executives. We believe that equity grants help to align the interests of our executives and our stockholders, provide our executives with a strong link to our long-term performance and create an ownership culture. In addition, the vesting feature of our equity grants should further our goal of executive retention by providing an incentive to an executive to remain in our employ during the vesting period. In determining the size of equity grants to our executives, our compensation committee considers comparative share ownership of executives in our compensation peer group, our company-level performance, the individual executive's performance, the amount of equity previously awarded to the executive, the vesting status of the previous awards and the recommendations of the chief executive officer. We do not have any equity ownership guidelines for our executives.

        We typically make an initial equity award of stock options and/or restricted stock units to new executives and an annual equity program grant as part of our overall compensation program. All grants of options and restricted stock units to our executives are approved by the compensation committee.

        Our equity awards typically have taken the form of stock options and restricted stock units. The compensation committee reviews all components of an executive's compensation when determining annual equity awards to ensure that the executive's total compensation conforms to our overall philosophy and objectives.

        We set the exercise price of all stock option grants to equal the prior day's closing price of our common stock. Typically, the stock options we grant to our executives vest pro rata over the first sixteen quarters of a ten-year option term. Vesting and exercise rights cease shortly after termination of employment except in the case of death or disability. Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has

77


Table of Contents


no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares subject to such option, including voting rights and the right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents.

        We became delinquent in our SEC filings in fiscal 2008 because of certain accounting errors we had identified. Our failure to timely file reports under the Exchange Act resulted in lack of an effective registration statement, so we suspended option grants until we became current.

        We maintain broad-based benefits that are provided to all employees, including health and dental insurance, life and disability insurance and a 401(k) plan. Executives are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, in each case on the same basis as other employees. Our named executive officers are not entitled to benefits that are not otherwise available to all employees.

        Pursuant to executive retention agreements we have entered into with each of our named executive officers as of June 30, 2009 and to the provisions of our option agreements, those executives are entitled to specified benefits in the event of the termination of their employment under specified circumstances, including termination following a change in control of our Company. We have provided more detailed information about these benefits, along with estimates of value under various circumstances, in the table below under "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control."

        We believe these agreements assist in maintaining a competitive position in terms of attracting and retaining key executives. The agreements also support decision-making that is in the best interests of our stockholders, and enable our executives to focus on company priorities. We believe that our severance and change in control benefits are generally in line with prevalent peer practice with respect to severance packages offered to executives.

        Except with respect to our chief executive officer, our practice in the case of change-of-control benefits under the executive retention agreements has been to structure these as "double trigger" benefits. In other words, the change in control does not itself trigger benefits; rather, benefits are paid only if the employment of the executive is terminated under the circumstances described below during a specified period after the change in control. We believe a "double trigger" benefit maximizes shareholder value because it prevents an unintended windfall to executives in the event of a friendly change in control, while still providing them appropriate incentives to cooperate in negotiating any change in control in which they believe they may lose their jobs.

        Our senior vice president, human resources confers with the chief executive officer and the compensation committee to provide a market perspective on the competitive landscape and needs of the business and compensation levels in the peer group and relevant market surveys.

        Our chief executive officer provides the compensation committee with his perspective on the performance of other executive officers. Based on his judgment and experience, our chief executive officer recommends specific compensation amounts and awards for the other executive officers, and the compensation committee considers those recommendations and makes the ultimate decision.

        The compensation committee independently establishes the compensation of the chief executive officer, who is not present during discussions where his compensation is established.

78


Table of Contents

        Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (IRC) Section 162(m) generally disallows a tax deduction to a publicly traded company for certain compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to the chief executive officer and the four other most highly compensated executive officers. Qualifying performance-based compensation is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met.

        We periodically review the potential consequences of IRC Section 162(m), and we generally intend to structure the performance-based portion of our executive compensation, where feasible, to comply with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax-deductible to us. The compensation committee in its judgment may, however, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in IRC Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

        On December 7, 2004, we entered into an employment agreement with Mark E. Fusco, pursuant to which Mr. Fusco agreed to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Under this agreement, in the event of termination of Mr. Fusco's employment (other than for the reasons set forth below), including termination of his employment after a change in control (as defined below) or termination of employment by Mr. Fusco for "good reason" (which includes constructive termination, relocation, or reduction in salary or benefits), Mr. Fusco will be entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to two times the sum of:

        In addition, in lieu of any further life, disability, and accident insurance benefits otherwise due to Mr. Fusco following his termination (other than for the reasons set forth below), including termination after a change in control, we will pay Mr. Fusco a lump sum amount equal to the estimated cost (as determined in good faith by us) to Mr. Fusco of providing such benefits, to the extent that Mr. Fusco is eligible to receive such benefits immediately prior to notice of termination, for a period of two years commencing on the date of termination. We will also pay all health insurance due to Mr. Fusco for a period of two years commencing on the date of termination.

        Mr. Fusco's employment agreement provides that the payments received by him relating to termination of his employment will be increased in the event that these payments would subject him to excise tax as a parachute payment under IRC Section 4999. The increase would be equal to an amount necessary for Mr. Fusco to receive, after payment of such tax, cash in an amount equal to the amount he would have received in the absence of such tax. However, the increased payment will not be made if the total severance payment, if so increased, would not exceed 110% of the highest amount that could be paid without causing an imposition of the excise tax. In that event, in lieu of an increased payment, the total severance payment will be reduced to such reduced amount. We have indemnified Mr. Fusco for the amount of any penalty applicable to any payments Mr. Fusco receives from us as a result of his termination that are imposed by IRC Section 409A.

79


Table of Contents

        However, in the event that Mr. Fusco's employment is terminated for one or more of the following reasons, then Mr. Fusco will not be entitled to the severance payments described above:

        Under the terms of Mr. Fusco's employment agreement, in the event of a "potential change in control" (as defined below), Mr. Fusco agrees to remain in our employment until the earliest of:

        For the purposes of Mr. Fusco's employment agreement, "cause" for our terminating Mr. Fusco means:

        For the purposes of Mr. Fusco's employment agreement, a "change in control" is deemed to have occurred if any of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

80


Table of Contents

        For the purposes of Mr. Fusco's employment agreement, a "potential change in control" is deemed to have occurred if any of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

        On October 28, 2005, we entered into an amendment to our employment agreement with Mr. Fusco. This amendment provides that in the event Mr. Fusco becomes entitled, on the terms and conditions set forth in the employment agreement, to receive a severance payment upon termination of his employment, such a payment must be made within 30 days after the Date of Termination (as defined in the employment agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the severance payment will constitute "nonqualified deferred compensation" subject to the provisions of IRC Section 409A, then the payment instead will be due within 15 days after the earlier of (i) the expiration of six months and one day following the Date of Termination or (ii) Mr. Fusco's death following the Date of Termination. Mr. Fusco's agreement was amended and restated on October 3, 2007 to comply with the applicable provisions of IRC Section 409A.

        On September 26, 2006, we entered into executive retention agreements with the following executive officers: Bradley T. Miller, our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer; Antonio J. Pietri, our Executive Vice President of Field Operations; Manolis E. Kotzabasakis, our Senior Vice President, Sales and Strategy; and Frederic G. Hammond, our Senior Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary; each of whom we refer to as a specified executive.

        Pursuant to the terms of each executive retention agreement, if the specified executive's employment is terminated prior to a change in control without cause, the specified executive will be entitled to the following:

        In the event the specified executive's employment is terminated without cause within twelve months following a change in control or by the specified executive for good reason (which includes constructive termination, relocation, a reduction in salary or benefits, or our breach of any employment

81


Table of Contents

agreement with the specified executive or a failure to pay benefits when due), then the specified executive shall be entitled to the following:

        Each executive retention agreement provides that the total payments received by the specified executive relating to termination of his/her employment will be reduced to an amount equal to the highest amount that could be paid to the specified executive without subjecting such payment to excise tax as a parachute payment under IRC Section 409A, provided that no reduction shall be made if the amount by which these payments are reduced exceeds 110% of the value of any additional taxes that the specified executive would incur if the total payments were not reduced.

        For the purposes of each agreement:

        Each executive retention agreement terminates on the earliest to occur of (a) July 31, 2010, (b) the first anniversary of a change in control, and (c) our payment of all amounts due to the specified executive following a change in control. Each agreement is subject to automatic renewal on August 1 of each year, unless we give notice of termination at least seven days prior to the renewal date.

82


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth estimated compensation that would have been payable to each of these officers as severance or upon a change in control of our Company under three alternative scenarios, assuming the termination triggering severance payments or a change in control took place on June 30, 2009:


POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL TABLE

Name
  Cash
Payment
($)(1)
  Accelerated
Vesting of
Stock Options
($)(2)
  Accelerated
Vesting of
Restricted
Stock Units
($)(3)
  Welfare
Benefits
($)(4)
  Total ($)  

Mark E. Fusco

                               
 

• Termination without cause or with good reason prior to change in control

  $ 2,448,321           $ 37,216   $ 2,485,537  
 

• Change in control only

                             
 

• Change in control with termination without cause or with good reason

    2,448,321   $ 101,875   $ 266,563     37,216     2,853,975  

Antonio J. Pietri

                             
 

• Termination without cause or with good reason prior to change in control

    575,827             18,608     594,435  
 

• Change in control only

                             
 

• Change in control with termination without cause or with good reason

    575,827     10,188     26,656     18,608     631,279  

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

                             
 

• Termination without cause or with good reason prior to change in control

    525,827             18,608     544,435  
 

• Change in control only

                             
 

• Change in control with termination without cause or with good reason

    525,827     16,300     31,988     18,608     592,723  

Frederic G. Hammond

                             
 

• Termination without cause or with good reason prior to change in control

    415,827             18,186     434,013  
 

• Change in control only

                             
 

• Change in control with termination without cause or with good reason

    415,827     20,375     31,988     18,186     486,376  

(1)
Amounts shown reflect payments based on salary and bonus as well as payment of estimated cost of life, disability and accident insurance benefits during the agreement period.

(2)
Amounts shown represent the value of stock options upon the applicable triggering event described in the first column. The value of stock options is based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and $8.53, which was the closing price of the common stock on The Pink OTC Markets, Inc. on the last trading day of fiscal 2009, June 30, 2009.

(3)
Amounts shown represent the value of restricted stock units upon the applicable triggering event described in the first column, based on the closing price of the common stock on The Pink OTC Markets, Inc. on the last trading day of fiscal 2009, June 30, 2009.

(4)
Amounts shown represent the estimated cost of providing employment-related benefits during the agreement period.

        During the third quarter of fiscal 2009, Mr. Miller stepped down from his position as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He was paid in accordance with his retention agreement: $300,000 base annual salary; $131,250 for a pro-rated portion of the fiscal 2009 target bonus; $38,380 in vacation benefits; and $15,556 in health care benefits.

83


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Report

        The compensation committee of the board of directors has reviewed and discussed with management the foregoing "Compensation Discussion and Analysis." Based on this review and discussion, the compensation committee has recommended to the board, and the board has agreed, that the section entitled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" as it appears above, be included in this Form 10-K.

    COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

 

 

Donald P. Casey
Stephen M. Jennings

84


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation Tables

        The following table summarizes information regarding compensation earned during the last three fiscal years by the named executive officers, who consist of Mark Fusco, Chief Executive Officer; Bradley T. Miller, who stepped down from his position as our Chief Financial Officer in February 2009; and our three other most highly compensated executive officers in fiscal 2009. Mark P. Sullivan was named our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer effective July 1, 2009.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary ($)   Bonus
($)(1)
  Stock
Awards
($)(2)
  Option
Awards
($)(2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
  Total ($)  

Mark E. Fusco

    2009   $ 500,000   $ 350,000   $ 113,085   $ 1,110,087   $   $ 5,811   $ 2,078,983  
 

President and Chief

    2008     500,000         236,520     1,460,695     420,000     3,305     2,620,520  
 

Executive Officer

    2007     450,000     11,250     414,508     1,380,267     838,750     2,250     3,097,025  

Bradley T. Miller

   
2009
   
226,154
   
131,250
   
28,451
   
444,716
   
   
42,256
   
872,827
 
 

Senior Vice President and

    2008     300,000         173,750         151,813     4,332     629,895  
 

Chief Financial Officer

    2007     215,769         140,933     113,444     209,668     2,922     682,736  

Antonio J. Pietri

   
2009
   
300,000
   
192,500
   
11,308
   
57,762
   
   
259,050
   
820,620
 
 

Executive Vice President,

    2008     275,000         23,652     141,864     275,000     302,281     1,017,797  
 

Field Operations

                                                 

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

   
2009
   
265,000
   
   
13,570
   
62,594
   
130,964
   
7,452
   
479,580
 
 

Senior Vice President,

    2008     250,000         28,382     192,100     224,990     24,370     719,842  
 

Sales and Strategy

    2007     250,000         49,741     410,157     239,015     3,885     952,798  

Frederic G. Hammond

   
2009
   
275,000
   
70,000
   
13,570
   
127,500
   
   
5,937
   
492,007
 
 

Senior Vice President,

    2008     250,000         28,382     246,904     140,000     2,808     668,094  
 

General Counsel, and Secretary

                                                 

(1)
The amount shown for Mr. Fusco in fiscal 2007 represents a discretionary bonus earned by Mr. Fusco in fiscal 2007 but paid to him in July 2007. Amounts shown exclude performance-based incentive payments, which are included in "Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation."

(2)
The amounts shown represent compensation expense recognized for financial statement purposes under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment" (SFAS No. 123R), with respect to restricted stock units and stock options granted to the named executive officers. Each stock option was granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. For a description of the assumptions relating to our valuations of the restricted stock units and stock options, see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(3)
Amounts shown consist of awards based on performance under our Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan and Operations Executives Plan. For additional information regarding these awards, see "Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Annual Cash Bonus." The amounts earned in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 were paid on September 30, 2009, September 15, 2008 and July 31, 2007, respectively.

(4)
For named executive officers, amounts shown include matching contributions under our 401(k) deferred savings retirement plan. The amount shown for Mr. Pietri in fiscal 2008 includes payments related to his former expatriate assignment as Senior Vice President of Regional Sales and Services in Shanghai, China prior to relocation to Burlington, Massachusetts in July 2007, consisting of: (a) $81,885 for reimbursement of his relocation and housing expenses in connection with his move from Shanghai to Burlington; (b) $1,500 for expatriate executive transition and hardship assistance payments; (c) $146,022 in related Chinese tax payments; (d) $44,260 for applicable federal, state and medical tax gross-ups; (e) $23,549 in tax equalization

85


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth information regarding incentive compensation we granted to the named executive officers during fiscal 2009.

GRANTS OF PLAN-BASED AWARDS TABLE

 
  Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)
 
Name
  Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
 

Mark E. Fusco

  $ 245,000   $ 700,000   $ 1,067,500  

Bradley T. Miller

    61,250     175,000     266,875  

Antonio J. Pietri

    96,250     275,000     419,375  

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

    26,000     260,000     370,500  

Frederic G. Hammond

    49,000     140,000     213,500  

(1)
Consists of performance-based cash incentive bonus awards under the Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan and Operations Executives Plan. Actual amounts of awards are set forth in the summary compensation table above.

        Each of the named executive officers other than Mr. Kotzabasakis participated in our Executive Plan in fiscal 2009. Amounts payable under the Executive Plan were based in part on meeting corporate operating income targets. The corporate operating income component was weighted at 60% to 70% of the overall bonus for fiscal 2009, and measured the extent to which we achieved a corporate operating income target amount. For fiscal 2009, the Executive Plan included a minimum operating income threshold of 80% of the target amount, which had to be met in order for any bonus to be paid under the Executive Plan, and a maximum operating income threshold, above which no additional bonus would be earned. Amounts payable under the Executive Plan corresponded to the applicable executive's base salary, with those with broader scope typically being compensated at a higher level. The annual corporate operating income target was contained in the business plan adopted by the board of directors. Bonuses attributable to the corporate operating income component were paid annually.

        Amounts payable under the Executive Plan were also based in part on whether an individual met specific performance goals. Individual objectives were weighted at 30% to 40% for fiscal 2009, and measured the extent to which an individual achieved performance objectives established specifically for that executive officer. The performance objectives were necessarily tied to the particular functional responsibilities of the individual, and his/her performance in fulfilling those responsibilities.

        Mr. Kotzabasakis participated in the Operations Plan in fiscal 2009. Amounts payable under the Operations Plan were based in part on meeting corporate operating income targets. The corporate operating income component was weighted at 20% of the overall bonus for fiscal 2009, and measured the extent to which we achieved a corporate operating income target amount. For fiscal 2009, the plan included both a minimum operating income threshold of 80% of the target amount, which was required to be met in order for any bonus to be paid under the Operations Plan, and a maximum operating income threshold, above which no additional bonus would be earned.

        Individual objectives were weighted at 5% for fiscal 2009, and measured the extent to which an individual achieved performance objectives established specifically for that executive officer. Payments based on this component were capped at the executive officers' respective target bonus amounts. The

86


Table of Contents


performance objectives were necessarily tied to the particular functional responsibilities of the individual and his/her performance in fulfilling those responsibilities.

        The regional performance component was weighted at 75% of the overall bonus for fiscal 2009, and measured the extent to which we achieved performance objectives for the region(s) for which the executive was responsible. Bonuses attributable to the regional performance component were paid as quarterly commissions based on quarterly regional or consolidated financial results.

        In addition to the Executive Plan and the Operations Plan, on September 9, 2009, the compensation committee approved funding a discretionary bonus pool for employees who did not participate in a commission-based incentive plan. Awards from the bonus pool were paid in cash based on individual performance during fiscal 2009. The awards included payments to Messrs. Fusco, Pietri and Hammond.

        We became delinquent in our SEC filings in fiscal 2008 because of certain accounting errors we had identified. Our failure to timely file reports under the Exchange Act resulted in lack of an effective registration statement, so we suspended option grants until we became current.

87


Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth information as to unexercised options held at the end of such fiscal year, by the named executive officers. The named executive officers did not exercise any options during fiscal 2009.

 
  OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END  
 
  OPTION AWARDS   STOCK AWARDS  
 
  Number of
Securities
Underylying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)(2)
  Option
Expiration
Date(3)
  Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
(#)(4)
  Market Value
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)(5)
 

Mark E. Fusco

                11/15/2013     31,250   $ 266,563  

    24,000       $ 8.12     12/6/2013              

    17,452         5.73     3/19/2015          

    82,548         5.73     3/19/2015          

    69,808         5.73     3/19/2015          

    930,192         5.73     3/19/2015          

    328,125     21,875     5.27     9/13/2015          

    140,625     9,375     5.27     9/13/2015          

    137,500     52,862     10.42     11/14/2016          

        9,638     10.42     11/14/2016          

Bradley T. Miller

   
30,808
   
   
10.42
   
Note (6

)
 
   
 

    31,692         10.42     Note (6 )        

Antonio J. Pietri

   
4,000
   
   
8.50
   
8/30/2009
   
   
 

    6,000         14.05     4/9/2011          

    5,188         3.25     8/15/2013          

                11/15/2013     3,125     26,656  

    18,213         6.57     10/13/2014          

    3,781         6.57     10/13/2014          

    13,558     3,125     5.27     9/13/2015          

    14,567         5.27     9/13/2015          

    11,250     110     10.42     11/14/2016          

    2,500     6,140     10.42     11/14/2016          

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

   
7,500
   
 
$

15.44
   
Note (6

)
 
   
 

    2,873         8.50     8/30/2009          

    2,981         30.75     10/17/2010          

    4,519         30.75     10/17/2010          

    9,998         14.05     4/9/2011          

    2         14.05     4/9/2011          

    7,674         2.98     8/16/2012          

    545         2.98     8/16/2012          

    4,326         2.98     8/16/2012          

    2         2.98     8/16/2012          

    25,000         2.50     12/20/2012          

    33,739         2.75     8/15/2013          

    12,311         2.85     8/15/2013          

    23,863         2.85     8/15/2013          

    55,400         2.85     8/15/2013          

    28,761         2.75     8/15/2013          

    79,537         2.85     8/15/2013          

    32,963         2.85     8/15/2013          

    1,137         2.85     8/15/2013          

88


Table of Contents

 
  OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END  
 
  OPTION AWARDS   STOCK AWARDS  
 
  Number of
Securities
Underylying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)(2)
  Option
Expiration
Date(3)
  Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
(#)(4)
  Market Value
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
($)(5)
 

    30,777         2.75     8/15/2013          

                11/15/2013     3,750   $ 31,988  

    26,250         6.57     10/13/2014          

    11,250         6.57     10/13/2014          

    14,964     5,000     5.27     9/13/2015          

    50,036         5.27     9/13/2015          

    14,460     3,000     10.42     11/14/2016          

    2,040     4,500     10.42     11/14/2016          

Frederic G. Hammond

   
   
   
   
11/15/2013
   
3,750
   
31,988
 

    12,779         5.27     9/13/2015          

    17,913         5.27     9/13/2015          

    87,221         5.27     9/13/2015          

    75,837     6,250     5.27     9/13/2015          

    16,359     3,000     10.42     11/14/2016          

    141     4,500     10.42     11/14/2016          

(1)
Each option that had not fully vested as of June 30, 2009 becomes exercisable, subject to the optionee's continued employment with us, over a four-year period in equal quarterly installments, with the exception of the option grant to Mr. Fusco on March 21, 2005 for 1,100,000 shares, of which 500,000 vested immediately and 600,000 vested over a four-year period in equal quarterly installments.

(2)
Each option has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant.

(3)
The expiration date of each option occurs ten years after the grant of such option.

(4)
Each restricted stock unit becomes exercisable subject to the holder's continued employment with us as to 25% on achievement of specified performance goals and the balance in twelve equal quarterly installments thereafter.

(5)
The closing price of our common stock on The Pink OTC Markets, Inc. on June 30, 2009, was $8.53.

(6)
In connection with our failure to timely file reports under the Exchange Act and consequent lack of an effective registration statement covering shares issuable in connection with certain equity grant awards, in December 2007 the board of directors voted to extend the period of time within which such awards may be exercised. These awards are subject to this extension.

        Vesting dates for each outstanding option award for the named executive officers are as follows:

 
   
  Number of Shares Underlying Vesting Awards  
Vesting Date
  Exercise
Price
  Mark E.
Fusco
  Antonio J.
Pietri
  Manolis E.
Kotzabasakis
  Frederic G.
Hammond
 

2010

                               

9/30/2009

    5.27     31,250     3,125     5,000     6,250  

9/30/2009

    10.42     12,500     1,250     1,500     1,500  

12/31/2009

    10.42     12,500     1,250     1,500     1,500  

3/31/2010

    10.42     12,500     1,250     1,500     1,500  

6/30/2010

    10.42     12,500     1,250     1,500     1,500  

2011

                               

9/30/2010

    10.42     12,500     1,250     1,500     1,500  

89


Table of Contents

        Vesting dates for each outstanding restricted stock unit for the named executive officers are as follows:

 
  Number of Shares Underlying Vesting Awards  
Vesting Date
  Mark E.
Fusco
  Antonio J.
Pietri
  Manolis E.
Kotzabasakis
  Frederic G.
Hammond
 

2010

                         

7/28/2009

    6,250     625     750     750  

10/29/2009

    6,250     625     750     750  

1/29/2010

    6,250     625     750     750  

4/28/2010

    6,250     625     750     750  

2011

                         

7/28/2010

    6,250     625     750     750  

        The named executive officers did not exercise any options during fiscal 2009. The table below details shares of common stock that vested under restricted stock units during fiscal 2009.

 
  2009 Shares Vested  
 
  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting(1)
  Value
Realized on
Vesting($)
 

Mark E. Fusco

    25,000   $ 213,125  

Bradley T. Miller

    6,375     58,119  

Antonio J. Pietri

    2,500     21,313  

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

    3,000     25,575  

Frederic G. Hammond

    3,000     25,575  

(1)
With respect to shares acquired upon vesting of restricted stock units, each named executive elected to have shares withheld to pay associated income taxes. The number of shares reported represents the gross number prior to withholding of such shares.

        Neither Donald P. Casey nor Stephen M. Jennings, the members of the compensation committee, is or has ever been an officer or employee of our Company or any of our subsidiaries, nor has had any related person transaction involving our Company. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as members of the board of directors or compensation committee.

90


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

        The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid to our non-employee members of the board of directors in fiscal 2009.

Name
  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  Total
($)
 

Donald P. Casey

  $ 205,500   $   $ 205,500  

Gary E. Haroian

    180,500         180,500  

Stephen M. Jennings

    174,500         174,500  

Joan C. McArdle

    172,500         172,500  

David M. McKenna

    60,000     25,134     85,134  

Michael Pehl

    64,500         64,500  

(1)
The amounts shown represent compensation expense recognized for financial statement purposes under SFAS No. 123(R) with respect to stock options granted to the directors. Each stock option was granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. For a description of the assumptions relating to our valuations of the stock options, see Note 8 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The following are the aggregate number of option awards outstanding held by each of our non-employee directors as of June 30, 2009: Mr. Casey, 48,000; Mr. Haroian, 48,000; Mr. Jennings, 100,298; Ms. McArdle, 117,298; Mr. McKenna, 24,000; and Mr. Pehl, 60,000.

        In fiscal 2009, we paid our non-employee directors an annual fee of $25,000 for their services as directors, and we paid retainers as set forth in the table below. All annual retainers are payable in monthly installments.

Position
  Retainer  

Chairman of the Board

  $ 75,000  

Audit Committee Chair

    30,000  

Audit Committee Member

    20,000  

Compensation Committee Chair

    15,000  

Compensation Committee Member

    7,500  

        We also paid each director $2,500 for participation in our quarterly board meetings, and $2,000 for participation in all other board of directors or committee meetings of at least one hour duration. All participation fees are payable quarterly.

        Historically, we granted to each non-employee director, upon his or her initial election to the board, an option to purchase 24,000 shares of our common stock at the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, provided such non-employee director was not, within the twelve months preceding his or her election as a director, an officer or employee of our company or any of our subsidiaries. Any such option vests quarterly over a three-year period, beginning on the last day of the calendar quarter following the grant date. Beginning with the first annual meeting following a non-employee director's election to the board and on a quarterly basis thereafter, we also granted each non-employee director an option to purchase 3,000 shares of our common stock. Each option was fully exercisable at the time of grant and had an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock at the time of grant. Options granted to non-employee directors have terms of ten years. Unless otherwise agreed between the optionee and us, all options granted to non-employee directors may be exercised for up to 24 months from the date of the director's resignation from the board.

91


Table of Contents

        In January 2008, the board determined to grant each non-employee director options to purchase 21,000 shares of our common stock on the second trading day immediately following our becoming current in our SEC filings. Of those shares, 15,000 would vest immediately on the date of grant and the balance would vest in two equal quarterly installments on the last business day of the two quarters following the date of grant. The options would have an exercise price equal to the closing price of our common stock on the business day immediately preceding the date of grant and would have a term of ten years.

        On October 29, 2009, the board determined to supsersede its January 11, 2008 resolution with respect to option grants to non-employee directors following our becoming current in our SEC filings, and resolved instead to grant 9,750 restricted stock units to each non-employee director contemporaneously with the next annual program grant to our employees. The restricted stock units shall be fully vested on the grant date. The board further resolved on October 29, 2009 that each non-employee director be paid cash in an amount equal to 5,250 times the closing price per share of our common stock on the last trading day before the grant date, which shall be the date of program grants to our employees. Payment shall be made no later than thirty days following date of grant.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

        See "Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans" under "Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities" in Part II of this Form 10-K.

        The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of common stock as of October 18, 2009 for:

        A total of 90,115,300 shares of common stock were outstanding as of October 18, 2009.

        Unless otherwise noted, each person identified possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares listed, subject to community property laws where applicable. Shares under "Common Stock—Right to Acquire" include shares subject to options or warrants that were vested as of October 18, 2009 or will vest within 60 days of October 18, 2009. Shares not outstanding but deemed beneficially owned by virtue of the right of a person to acquire those shares are treated as outstanding only for purposes of determining the number and percent of shares of common stock owned by such person or group. Percentages under "Common Stock—Percent of Voting Power" represent beneficial rights to vote with respect to matters on which holders of common stock generally are entitled to vote, as of October 18, 2009, and are based on (a) the number of outstanding shares of common stock beneficially owned by that person and (b) the number of shares subject to options or warrants held by that person that were exercisable on, or within 60 days after, October 18, 2009. In calculating percentages under "Common Stock—Percent of Voting Power," the total number of votes entitled to be cast as of October 18, 2009 consisted of (a) 98,073,209 votes, which is the total votes to which the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled, plus (b) for an identified person, a number of votes equal to the number of shares issuable upon conversion or subject to options or warrants that were exercisable by such person on, or within 60 days after October 18, 2009.

92


Table of Contents

        The address of all of our executive officers and directors is in care of Aspen Technology, Inc., 200 Wheeler Road, Burlington, Massachusetts 01803.

 
  Common Stock  
Name of Stockholder
  Outstanding
Shares
  Right to
Acquire
  Total
Number
  Percent of
Voting Power
 

5% Stockholders

                         

Advent International Corporation
75 State Street, 29th Floor
Boston, MA 02109

    29,512,336         29,512,336     30.1 %

Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.
6300 Lamar Avenue
Overland Park, KS 66202

   
8,835,500
   
   
8,835,500
   
9.0

%

Third Point LLC
390 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022

   
6,091,000
   
   
6,091,000
   
6.2

%

Alydar Partners, LLC
222 Berkeley Street
17th Floor Boston, MA 02116

   
4,600,875
   
   
4,600,875
   
4.7

%

Named Executive Officers and Directors

                         

Mark E. Fusco

    59,942     1,780,250     1,840,192     1.9 %

Antonio J Pietri

   
6,341
   
84,057
   
90,398
   
*
 

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis

   
7,752
   
490,158
   
497,910
   
*
 

Frederic G. Hammond

   
7,762
   
218,750
   
226,512
   
*
 

Mark P. Sullivan

   
   
   
   
*
 

Joan C. McArdle

   
   
117,298
   
117,298
   
*
 

Stephen M. Jennings

   
   
100,298
   
100,298
   
*
 

Michael Pehl

   
   
60,000
   
60,000
   
*
 

Donald P. Casey

   
   
48,000
   
48,000
   
*
 

Gary E. Haroian

   
   
48,000
   
48,000
   
*
 

David M. McKenna

   
   
22,000
   
22,000
   
*
 

Directors and Executive Officers, as a group (12 persons)

   
87,748
   
3,147,561
   
3,235,309
   
3.3

%

*
Less than one percent.

        Advent International Corporation is an investment advisory firm. Advent International Corporation is the General Partner of Advent Partners II Limited Partnership, Advent Partners DMC III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE-IV Limited Partnership, Advent Partners GPE-III Limited Partnership, Advent Partners (NA) GPE-III Limited Partnership and Advent International Limited Partnership, which is in turn the general partner of Global Private Equity III Limited Partnership, Global Private Equity IV Limited Partnership, Advent PGGM Global Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-A Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-C Limited Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-D C.V., Digital

93


Table of Contents


Media & Communications III-E C.V., and Advent Energy II Limited Partnership. We refer to these entities as the Advent funds.

        The shares reflected as beneficially owned by Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. ("WDR") are beneficially owned by one or more open-end investment companies or other managed accounts which are advised or sub-advised by Ivy Investment Management Company ("IICO"), an investment advisory subsidiary of WDR or Waddell & Reed Investment Management Company ("WRIMCO"), an investment advisory subsidiary of Waddell & Reed, Inc. ("WRI"), based upon information provided in a Schedule 13G filed by WDR with the SEC on February 1, 2008. WRI is a broker-dealer and underwriting subsidiary of Waddell & Reed Financial Services, Inc., a parent holding company ("WRFSI"). In turn, WRFSI is a subsidiary of WDR, a publicly traded company. The investment advisory contracts grant IICO and WRIMCO all investment and/or voting power over securities owned by such advisory clients. The investment sub-advisory contracts grant IICO and WRIMCO investment power over securities owned by such sub-advisory clients and, in most cases, voting power. Any investment restriction of a sub-advisory contract does not restrict investment discretion or power in a material manner.

        The number of shares reflected as beneficially owned by Third Point LLC is based upon information provided in a Schedule 13G filed by Third Point with the SEC on March 12, 2008 and Amendment No. 1 filed on January 5, 2009.

        The number of shares reflected as beneficially owned by Alydar Partners, LLC is based upon information provided in a Schedule 13G filed by Alydar with the SEC on April 29, 2009.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

        Our board of directors uses the definition of independence established by The NASDAQ Stock Market. Under applicable NASDAQ rules, a director qualifies as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of the board of directors, he or she does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. The board of directors has determined that Donald P. Casey, Gary E. Haroian, Stephen M. Jennings and Joan C. McArdle do not have any relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director of Aspen Technology, Inc., and that each of these directors therefore is an "independent director" as defined in NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(a) (2).

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

        The following table summarizes the fees of KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, and of Deloitte & Touche LLP, our former independent registered public account firm, for each of the last two fiscal years, in thousands:

 
  KPMG LLP   Deloitte &
Touche LLP
 
 
  Fiscal 2009   Fiscal 2008  
Fee Category
  Fiscal 2008  

Audit Fees

  $ 5,052   $ 9,911   $ 3,950  

Audit-Related Fees

             

Tax Fees

            27  

All other fees

        77     35  
               

Total Fees

  $ 5,052   $ 9,988   $ 4,012  
               

94


Table of Contents

        "Audit Fees" consist of fees for the audit of our financial statements, the review of the interim financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and other professional services provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

        "Audit-Related Fees" consist of fees for assurance and related services that were reasonably related to the performance of the audit and review of our financial statements and that are not reported as audit fees.

        "Tax Fees" consist of fees for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning services.

        The audit committee has adopted policies and procedures relating to the approval of all audit and non-audit services that are to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm. This policy generally provides that we will not engage our independent registered public accounting firm to render audit or non-audit services unless the service is specifically approved in advance by the audit committee, except that de minimis non-audit services may instead be approved in accordance with applicable SEC rules.

95


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)(1) Financial Statements

Description
  Page

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

  F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007

  F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2008 and 2007

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007

  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

        All schedules are omitted because they are not required or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Description   Filed with this Form 10-K   Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit Number
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Aspen Technology, Inc., as amended       8-K   August 22, 2003   4

 

3.2

 

By-laws of Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

8-K

 

March 27, 1998

 

3.2

 

4.1

 

Specimen certificate for common stock, $.10 par value, of Aspen Technology, Inc.

 

 

 

8-A/A

 

June 12, 1998

 

4

 

4.3

 

Form of WD Common Stock Purchase Warrants of Aspen Technology, Inc. dated August 14, 2003

 

 

 

8-K

 

August 22, 2003

 

99.3

 

10.1

 

Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts

 

 

 

10-K

 

April 11, 2008

 

10.1
                     
  10.1 a First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated May 5, 1997 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Beacon Properties, L.P., successor-in-interest to Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America       10-K   September 28, 2000   10.2
                     
  10.1 b Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated August 14, 2000 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and EOP-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C., successor-in-interest to Beacon Properties, L.P.       10-K   September 28, 2000   10.3
                     
  10.1 c Amendment dated September 5, 2007 to Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.1c
                     
  10.2   Sublease dated September 5, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park L.L.C. regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.2

96


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Description   Filed with this Form 10-K   Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit Number
                     
  10.3   Lease dated May 7, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and One Wheeler Road Associates regarding 200 Wheeler Road, Burlington Massachusetts       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.3
                     
  10.4   System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.4
                     
  10.5   Amendment dated March 30, 1982 to System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.5
                     
  10.6 Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.1
                     
  10.6a Amendment No. 1 dated December 23, 2004 to Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech Canada Ltd., and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.2
                     
  10.7 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Honeywell International, Inc.       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.3
                     
  10.8 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.4
                     
  10.9 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Hyprotech Company and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.5
                     
  10.10 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between AspenTech Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems Limited       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.6
                     
  10.11 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems Limited       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.7
                     
  10.13   Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.13
                     
  10.13 a Rider No. 1 dated December 14, 1994, to Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.13a
                     
  10.13 b Rider No. 2 dated September 4, 2001 to Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.13b
                     
  10.13 c Waiver and Consent Agreement dated March 31, 2009       10-K   June 30, 2009   10.13c
                     
  10.15   Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 17, 2004   10.1

97


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Description   Filed with this Form 10-K   Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit Number
                     
  10.15a   First Amendment dated June 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15a
                     
  10.15 b Second Amendment dated September 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.1
                     
  10.15 c Third Amendment dated December 31, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.8
                     
  10.15 d Fourth Amendment dated March 8, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15d
                     
  10.15 e Fifth Amendment dated March 31, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   March 10, 2005   10.1
                     
  10.15 f Sixth Amendment dated December 29, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15f
                     
  10.15 g Seventh Amendment dated July 17, 2006 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15g
                     
  10.15 h Eighth Amendment dated September 15, 2006 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15h
                     
  10.15 i Ninth Amendment dated January 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   May 10, 2007   10.3
                     
  10.15 j Tenth Amendment dated April 13, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15j
                     
  10.15 k Eleventh Amendment dated June 28, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15k
                     
  10.15 l Twelfth Amendment dated October 16, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15l
                     
  10.15 m Thirteenth Amendment dated December 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15m
                     
  10.15 n Fourteenth Amendment dated December 28, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       8-K   January 7, 2008   10.2

98


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Description   Filed with this Form 10-K   Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit Number
                     
  10.15 o Fifteenth Amendment dated January 24, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.2
                     
  10.15 p Sixteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.3
                     
  10.15 q Seventeenth Amendment dated November 14, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.4
                     
  10.15 r Eighteenth Amendment dated January 30, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.5
                     
  10.15 s Nineteenth Amendment dated May 15 , 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   June 30, 2009   10.15s
                     
  10.15 t Twentieth Amendment dated November 3, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.   X            
                     
  10.16   Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC, Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the lenders named therein.       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.1
                     
  10.17   Security Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC and Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.2
                     
  10.18   Release Letter dated December 28, 2007 relating to Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC, Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the Lenders named therein       8-K   January 7, 2008   10.1
                     
  10.19   Purchase and Sale Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.3
                     
  10.20   Purchase and Resale Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC and Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.4
                     
  10.22   Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.1
                     
  10.22 a Letter Agreement dated February 14, 2003 amending Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22a

99


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Description   Filed with this Form 10-K   Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit Number
                     
  10.22 b First Loan Modification Agreement dated June 27, 2003 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 29, 2003   10.22
                     
  10.22 c Second Loan Modification Agreement dated September 10, 2004 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 13, 2004   10.70
                     
  10.22 d Third Loan Modification Agreement dated January 28, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22d
                     
  10.22 e† Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 1, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   May 10, 2005   10.2
                     
  10.22 f Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 6, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22f
                     
  10.22 g Sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 15, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.5
                     
  10.22 h Seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 13, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 13, 2005   10.79
                     
  10.22 i Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 30, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22i
                     
  10.22 j Ninth Loan Modification Agreement dated July 17, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22j
                     
  10.22 k Tenth Loan Modification Agreement dated September 15, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 28, 2006   10.84
                     
  10.22 l Eleventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 27, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.3
                     
  10.22 m Twelfth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 12, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   May 10, 2007   10.1

100


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Description   Filed with this Form 10-K   Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit Number
                     
  10.22 n Thirteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 13, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22n
                     
  10.22 o Fourteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22o
                     
  10.22 p Fifteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated August 30, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22p
                     
  10.22 q Sixteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated October 16, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22q
                     
  10.22 r Seventeenth Loan Modification Agreement dated December 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       8-K   January 7, 2008   10.3
                     
  10.22 s Eighteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 24, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.7
                     
  10.22 t Nineteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 11, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.8
                     
  10.22 u Twentieth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.9
                     
  10.22 v Twenty-first Loan Modification Agreement dated June 12, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.10
                     
  10.22 w Twenty-second Loan Modification Agreement dated July 15, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.11
                     
  10.22 x Twenty-third Loan Modification Agreement dated September 30, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.12
                     
  10.22 y Twenty-fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated November 14, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.13

101


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Description   Filed with this Form 10-K   Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit Number
                     
  10.22 z Twenty-fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 15, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.14
                     
  10.22 aa Twenty-sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   June 30, 2009   10.22aa
                     
  10.22 ab Twenty-seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated November 3, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company   X            
                     
  10.23   Form of Negative Pledge Agreement dated January 30, 2003, in favor of Silicon Valley Bank, executed by Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.5
                     
  10.24   Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and AspenTech Securities Corporation       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.6
                     
  10.25   Unconditional Guaranty dated January 30, 2003, by AspenTech Securities Corporation in favor of Silicon Valley Bank       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.7
                     
  10.26   Pledge Agreement, effective as of June 27, 2003, by Aspen Technology, Inc. in favor of Silicon Valley Bank       10-K   September 29, 2003   10.23
                     
  10.27   Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspentech, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.7
                     
  10.28   Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated September 27, 2006 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.6
                     
  10.29   Investor Rights Agreement dated August 14, 2003 among Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein       8-K   August 22, 2003   99.1
                     
  10.30   Management Rights Letter dated August 14, 2003 among Aspen Technology, Inc. and the entities named therein.       8-K   August 22, 2003   99.2
                     
  10.31   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated March 19, 2002 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Purchasers named therein.       8-K   March 20, 2002   99.2
                     
  10.32 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan       S-8   September 9, 1996   4.5
                     
  10.33 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Amended and Restated 1995 Directors Stock Option Plan       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.37
                     
  10.34 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 1996 Special Stock Option Plan       10-K   September 29, 1997   10.23
                     
  10.35   PetrolSoft Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan       S-8   July 28, 2000   4
                     
  10.36 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan       10-K   September 28, 2006   10.54
                     
  10.37 ^ Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Restated Stock Option Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.7
                     
  10.38 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       8-K   June 2, 2005   99.1

102


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Description   Filed with this Form 10-K   Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit Number
                     
  10.39 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended)   X            
                     
  10.40 ^ Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.8
                     
  10.41 ^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.9
                     
  10.42 ^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-G Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.10
                     
  10.43 ^ Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted under 2005 Stock Incentive Plan   X            
                     
  10.44 ^ Form of Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.45
                     
  10.45 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007       8-K   July 6, 2006   99.1
                     
  10.46 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007       8-K   July 6, 2006   99.2
                     
  10.47 ^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2008       8-K   June 20, 2007   99.1
                     
  10.48 ^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2008       8-K   June 20, 2007   99.2
                     
  10.49 ^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2009       8-K   June 30, 2008   99.1
                     
  10.50 ^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan Fiscal 2009       8-K   June 30, 2008   99.2
                     
  10.51 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2010       8-K   September 11, 2009   99.1
                     
  10.52 ^ Employment Agreement, dated December 7, 2004, between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Mark Fusco       8-K   December 13, 2004   99.1
                     
  10.53 ^ Form of Executive Retention Agreement entered into by Aspen Technology, Inc. and each executive officer of Aspen Technology, Inc. (other than Mark E. Fusco)       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.11
                     
  10.54 ^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P040380)       8-K   January 5, 2007   10.1
                     
  10.55 ^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P040002)       8-K   January 5, 2007   10.2
                     
  10.56 ^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to the Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P0405621)       8-K   January 5, 2007   10.3

103


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number   Description   Filed with this Form 10-K   Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit Number
                     
  14.1   Aspen Technology, Inc. Code of Conduct and Business Ethics       10-K   September 13, 2005   14.1
                     
  21.1   Subsidiaries of Aspen Technology, Inc.   X            
                     
  23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP   X            
                     
  23.2   Consent of KPMG, LLP   X            
                     
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included in signature page to Form 10-K)   X            
                     
  31.1   Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   X            
                     
  31.2   Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   X            
                     
  32.1   Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President and Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   X            
                     

Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions

^
Management contract or compensatory plan

104


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Date: November 6, 2009

 

By:

 

/s/ MARK E. FUSCO

Mark E. Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: November 6, 2009

 

By:

 

/s/ MARK P. SULLIVAN

Mark P. Sullivan
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MARK E. FUSCO

Mark E. Fusco
  President and Chief Executive Officer and Director   November 6, 2009

/s/ STEPHEN M. JENNINGS

Stephen M. Jennings

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

November 6, 2009

/s/ DONALD P. CASEY

Donald P. Casey

 

Director

 

November 6, 2009

/s/ GARY E. HAROIAN

Gary E. Haroian

 

Director

 

November 6, 2009

/s/ JOAN C. MCARDLE

Joan C. McArdle

 

Director

 

November 6, 2009

105


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ DAVID M. MCKENNA

David M. McKenna
  Director   November 6, 2009

/s/ MICHAEL PEHL

Michael Pehl

 

Director

 

November 6, 2009

106


Table of Contents

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

  F-2

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007

  F-4

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2009 and 2008

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) and Comprehensive Income for the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007

  F-7

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-8

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Aspen Technology, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Aspen Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated November 6, 2009 expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
November 6, 2009

F-2


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Aspen Technology, Inc.
Burlington, Massachusetts

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and comprehensive income, and cash flows of Aspen Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) for the year ended June 30, 2007. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the year ended June 30, 2007, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
April 11, 2008

F-3


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 
  Years Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Revenues:

                   
 

Software licenses

  $ 179,591   $ 168,404   $ 199,761  
 

Service and other

    131,989     143,209     141,268  
               
   

Total revenues

    311,580     311,613     341,029  
               

Cost of revenues:

                   
 

Cost of software licenses

    12,384     15,916     14,588  
 

Cost of service and other

    63,411     69,077     72,426  
 

Amortization of technology related intangible assets

    25         6,546  
               
   

Total cost of revenues

    75,820     84,993     93,560  
               
   

Gross profit

    235,760     226,620     247,469  
               

Operating costs:

                   
 

Selling and marketing

    89,150     99,682     93,387  
 

Research and development

    41,463     45,179     42,703  
 

General and administrative

    58,138     54,565     51,010  
 

Restructuring charges

    2,446     8,623     4,634  
 

Loss (gain) on sales and disposals of assets

    6     (66 )   332  
 

Loss on impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    623          
               
   

Total operating costs

    191,826     207,983     192,066  
               
 

Income from operations

    43,934     18,637     55,403  
 

Interest income

    22,698     23,784     21,909  
 

Interest expense

    (10,516 )   (17,783 )   (18,613 )
 

Other (expense) income, net

    (1,824 )   3,386     (734 )
               
   

Income before provision for income taxes

    54,292     28,024     57,965  
 

Provision for income taxes

    (1,368 )   (3,078 )   (12,447 )
               
   

Net income

    52,924     24,946     45,518  
 

Accretion of preferred stock discount and dividends

            (7,290 )
               
   

Net income applicable to common stockholders

  $ 52,924   $ 24,946   $ 38,228  
               

Earnings per common share:

                   
 

Basic

  $ 0.59   $ 0.28   $ 0.54  
 

Diluted

  $ 0.57   $ 0.27   $ 0.50  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                   
 

Basic

    90,053     89,640     70,879  
 

Diluted

    92,578     94,092     91,869  

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  June 30,  
 
  2009   2008  
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

ASSETS

             

Current assets:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 122,213   $ 134,048  
 

Accounts receivable, net

    49,882     86,870  
 

Current portion of installments receivable, net

    64,531     51,762  
 

Current portion of collateralized receivables, net

    38,695     43,186  
 

Unbilled services

    298     3,459  
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    22,572     11,710  
 

Deferred tax assets

    3,795     2,305  
           
   

Total current assets

    301,986     333,340  
           
 

Non-current installments receivable, net

    113,390     82,528  
 

Non-current collateralized receivables, net

    57,671     92,163  
 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net

    9,604     11,799  
 

Computer software development costs

    3,918     5,443  
 

Other intangible assets, net

    156     615  
 

Goodwill

    16,686     19,019  
 

Non-current deferred tax assets

    10,788     7,743  
 

Other non-current assets

    1,777     1,976  
           

  $ 515,976     554,626  
           

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

             

Current liabilities:

             
 

Current portion of secured borrowing

  $ 83,885   $ 47,816  
 

Accounts payable

    5,135     6,586  
 

Accrued expenses

    47,882     61,746  
 

Income taxes payable

    1,888     13,877  
 

Deferred revenue

    62,801     86,551  
 

Current deferred tax liability

    2,481     457  
           
   

Total current liabilities

    204,072     217,033  
           
 

Long-term secured borrowing

    28,211     99,391  
 

Deferred revenue

    16,070     20,354  
 

Non-current deferred tax liability

    2,354     725  
 

Other non-current liabilities

    35,859     44,310  

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 11, 12 and 13) Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.10 par value—Authorized—3,636 shares in 2009 and 2008 Issued and outstanding—none in 2009 or 2008

         

Stockholders' equity:

             
 

Common stock, $0.10 par value—Authorized—120,000,000 shares Issued—90,326,513 shares in 2009 and 90,235,526 shares in 2008 Outstanding—90,093,049 shares in 2009 and 90,002,062 shares in 2008

    9,033     9,024  
 

Additional paid-in capital

    497,478     493,088  
 

Accumulated deficit

    (283,593 )   (336,517 )
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    7,005     7,731  
 

Treasury stock, at cost—233,464 shares of common stock in 2009 and 2008

    (513 )   (513 )
           
   

Total stockholders' equity

    229,410     172,813  
           

  $ 515,976   $ 554,626  
           

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
  Treasury Stock    
   
 
 
   
   
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
   
 
 
  Number of
Shares
  $0.10 Par
Value
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Number
of Shares
  Cost   Stockholders'
Equity
(Deficit)
  Total
Comprehensive
Income
 
 
  (In thousands, except per share data)
 

Balance, June 30, 2006

    49,090,499   $ 4,909   $ 372,683   $ (406,981 ) $ 7,300     233,464   $ (513 ) $ (22,602 )      
 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plans

    107,862     11     847                     858        
 

Exercise of stock options

    1,446,354     144     8,354                     8,498        
 

Conversion of warrants

    5,152,379     515     (515 )                          
 

Accrual of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock dividend

            (5,498 )                   (5,498 )      
 

Accretion of discount on Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

            (1,792 )                   (1,792 )      
 

Conversion of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

    33,336,400     3,334     95,473                     98,807        
 

Stock-based compensation

            11,119                         11,119        
 

Translation adjustment

                    2,298             2,298   $ 2,298  
 

Net income

                45,518                 45,518     45,518  
                                       

Balance June 30, 2007

    89,133,494     8,913     480,671     (361,463 )   9,598     233,464     (513 )   137,206   $ 47,816  
 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plans

    51,311     5     462                     467        
 

Exercise of stock options

    362,605     37     2,765                     2,802        
 

Conversion of warrants

    500,203     50     (50 )                          
 

Issuance of restricted stock units

    187,913     19     (1,185 )                   (1,166 )      
 

Stock-based compensation

            10,425                     10,425        
 

Translation adjustment

                    (1,867 )           (1,867 ) $ (1,867 )
 

Net income

                24,946                 24,946     24,946  
                                       

Balance June 30, 2008

    90,235,526     9,024     493,088     (336,517 )   7,731     233,464     (513 )   172,813   $ 23,079  
 

Issuance of restricted stock units

    90,987     9     (369 )                   (360 )      
 

Stock-based compensation

            4,759                     4,759        
 

Translation adjustment

                    (726 )           (726 ) $ (726 )
 

Net income

                52,924                 52,924     52,924  
                                       

Balance June 30, 2009

    90,326,513   $ 9,033   $ 497,478   $ (283,593 ) $ 7,005     233,464   $ (513 ) $ 229,410   $ 52,198  
                                       

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Years Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   

Net income

  $ 52,924   $ 24,946   $ 45,518  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   
 

Depreciation and amortization

    8,712     10,917     19,422  
 

Net foreign currency loss (gain)

    3,828     (2,791 )   1,381  
 

Stock-based compensation

    4,670     10,600     11,062  
 

Amortization of debt costs

        960     1,183  
 

Loss on the disposal of property, equipment and leasehold improvements

    466     43     332  
 

Deferred income taxes

    (911 )   (9,375 )   3,214  
 

Provision for doubtful accounts

    (314 )   (189 )   2,568  
 

Loss on impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    623              

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                   
 

Accounts receivable

    34,552     (38,264 )   872  
 

Unbilled services

    2,842     7,188     (1,948 )
 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (11,171 )   (1,810 )   (1,343 )
 

Installments and collateralized receivable

    (8,042 )   18,889     (30,872 )
 

Income taxes payable

    (10,243 )   (6,066 )   2,665  
 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities

    (10,130 )   (2,327 )   (876 )
 

Deferred revenue

    (27,702 )   39,784     6,948  
 

Other non-current liabilities

    (6,654 )   18,324     (4,406 )
               
 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    33,450     70,829     55,720  
               

Cash flows from investing activities:

                   
 

Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements

    (2,972 )   (9,424 )   (3,143 )
 

Capitalized computer software development costs

    (2,382 )   (780 )   (3,476 )
 

Decrease in other assets

    (418 )   635     50  
 

Purchase price adjustments on previous acquisitions

        (187 )   (1,295 )
               
 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,772 )   (9,756 )   (7,864 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   
 

Proceeds from secured borrowings

    30,153     74,129     168,852  
 

Repayment of secured borrowings

    (68,212 )   (135,800 )   (145,105 )
 

Payment of convertible preferred stock dividends

            (33,958 )
 

Exercise of stock options and warrants

        2,802     8,498  
 

Issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plans

        467     858  
 

Payment of tax withholding obligations related to restricted stock

    (360 )   (1,166 )    
 

Payments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

        (193 )   (203 )
 

Debt issuance costs

            (1,124 )
               
 

Net cash used in financing activities

    (38,419 )   (59,761 )   (2,182 )
               

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (1,094 )   469     321  
               

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    (11,835 )   1,781     45,995  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    134,048     132,267     86,272  
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 122,213   $ 134,048   $ 132,267  
               

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

                   
 

Income taxes paid

  $ 28,921   $ 5,726   $ 6,696  
 

Interest paid

    10,550     16,782     17,958  

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:

                   
 

Non-cash purchases of property

    217         154  

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Operations

        Aspen Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries is a leading supplier of integrated software and services to the process industries, which consist of oil and gas, petroleum, chemicals, pharmaceutical and other industries that manufacture and produce products from a chemical process. We develop software to design, operate, manage and optimize its customers' key business processes. We operate globally through 26 offices in 20 countries as of June 30, 2009.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Principles of Consolidation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and our wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

(b)Management Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash and cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of three months or less when purchased.

(d) Derivative Instruments and Hedging

        We record all derivatives, which consist of foreign currency exchange contracts, on the balance sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not accounting hedges must be adjusted to fair value through earnings. If a derivative is a hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are either offset against the change in fair value of assets, liabilities or firm commitments through earnings or included in accumulated other comprehensive income depending on the nature of the hedge. The ineffective portion of a derivative's change in fair value is immediately recognized in earnings. We do not meet the requirements of Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" in order to account for any derivatives using hedge accounting treatment during the periods presented. Therefore, the changes in fair value of all derivatives are recognized in earnings.

        Historically, it was our practice to enter into foreign currency forward contracts to offset currency risk of foreign denominated receivables. Beginning in late fiscal 2008 we revised this practice to more comprehensively assess our net exposure to foreign currencies. This net exposure arises primarily from the net difference between (a) non-U.S. dollar receipts and (b) non-U.S. dollar operating costs for subsidiaries in foreign countries.

        We record our foreign currency exchange contracts at fair value in our consolidated balance sheet and the related realized or unrealized gains or losses on these contracts are recognized in earnings as a

F-8


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


component of other income (expense), net. During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 the gains (losses) on these contracts were $0.2 million, $0.4 million and ($0.7) million respectively.

        There were no foreign currency derivative financial instruments outstanding as of June 30, 2009.

(e) Depreciation and Amortization

        We provide for depreciation and amortization, primarily computed using the straight-line method, by charges to operations in amounts estimated to allocate the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives, as follows:

Asset Classification
  Estimated Useful Life

Computer equipment

  3 years

Purchased software

  3-5 years

Furniture and fixtures

  3-10 years

Leasehold improvements

  Life of lease or asset, whichever is shorter

        Depreciation expense was $4.6 million, $4.1 million and $5.0 million for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

(f) Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) No. 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition," as amended by SOP 98-9, "Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions," and Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 "Revenue Recognition." License revenue, including license renewals, consists principally of revenue earned under fixed-term and perpetual software license agreements and has generally been recognized upon shipment of the software if collection of the resulting receivable is probable, the fee is fixed or determinable, and vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value exists for all undelivered elements, such as maintenance support, professional and training services. We determine VSOE based upon the price charged when the same element is sold separately. Professional and training services VSOE represents rates that we charge our customers when we sell these services separately. For an element not yet being sold separately, VSOE represents the price established by management having the relevant authority when it is probable that the price, once established, will not change before the separate introduction of the element into the marketplace. We use installment contracts as a standard business practice and have a history of successfully collecting under the original payment terms without making concessions on payments, products or services.

        Revenues under license arrangements, which may include several different software products and services sold together, are allocated to the delivered elements based on the residual method. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and subsequently recognized when earned and the residual amount for the delivered elements is recognized in revenue when all other revenue recognition criteria are met. We have established VSOE for professional services, training and maintenance and support services. Accordingly, software license revenues are recognized under the residual method in arrangements in which software is bundled with professional services, training and maintenance and support services. Some of our software arrangements may allow a user to change or alternate their use of products/licenses (license mix) included in a license arrangement after

F-9


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


those products have been delivered. Provided all other revenue recognition requirements are met, revenue is recognized upon delivery of the first copy or product master for all of the products within the license mix. Finance fees result from discounting to present value the product revenue derived from our installment contracts in which the payment terms extend beyond one year from the effective date of the contract. Finance fees are recognized using the effective interest method over the relevant license term and are classified as interest income. Professional services do not generally involve customizing or modifying the licensed software, but rather involve helping customers deploy the software to their specific business processes. We generally account for the services element of the arrangement separately. Occasionally, we provide professional services considered essential to the functionality of the software. We recognize the combined revenues from the sale of the software and related services in accordance with SOP 81-1, "Accounting for Performance of Construction Type and Certain Performance Type Contracts" using the percentage-of-completion method.

        When a loss is anticipated on a service contract, the full amount thereof is provided currently. Professional service and training revenues are recognized as the related services are performed using the proportional performance method based on the ratio of costs incurred to the total estimated project costs. Services that have been performed but for which billings have not been made are recorded as unbilled services, and billings that have been recorded before the services have been performed are recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Reimbursement received for out-of-pocket expenses is recorded as revenue.

        We have a practice of licensing our products through resellers in certain regions. For software licensed through these distribution channels, revenue is recognized at the time of delivery to the end customer, when persuasive evidence of an arrangements exists, the fee is fixed or determinable, collection is reasonably assured and other revenue recognition criteria are met.

        Maintenance and support services are recognized ratably over the life of the maintenance and support contract period. Maintenance and support services include telephone support and unspecified rights to product upgrades and enhancements when and if available. These services are typically sold for a one-year term and are sold either as part of a multiple element arrangement with software licenses or sold independently at time of renewal.

        Our standard licensing agreements include a product warranty provision for all products. Such warranties are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies" (SFAS No. 5). The likelihood that we will be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote.

        Under the terms of substantially all of our license agreements, we have agreed to indemnify customers for costs and damages arising from claims against such customers based on, among other things, allegations that our software products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third-party. In most cases, in the event of an infringement claim, we retain the right to (i) procure for the customer the right to continue using the software product; (ii) replace or modify the software product to eliminate the infringement while providing substantially equivalent functionality; or (iii) if neither (i) nor (ii) can be reasonably achieved, we may terminate the license agreement and provide a refund to the customer up to the license fees paid by the customer. Such indemnification provisions are accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 5. The likelihood that we will be required to make refunds to customers under such provisions is considered remote. In most cases and where legally enforceable, the indemnification is limited to the amount paid by the customer.

F-10


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(g) Computer Software Development Costs

        Certain computer software development costs are capitalized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Capitalization of computer software development costs begins upon the establishment of technological feasibility. In accordance with SFAS No. 86, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or otherwise Marketed," we define the establishment of technological feasibility as the completion of a detail program design. Amortization of capitalized computer software development costs is provided on a product-by-product basis using (a) the greater of the amount computed using the ratio that current gross revenues for a product bear to total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product or (b) the straight-line method, beginning upon commercial release of the product, and continuing over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, not to exceed three years. Software for internal use is capitalized in accordance with AICPA SOP 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use". At each balance sheet date, we evaluate the unamortized capitalized software costs for potential impairment by comparing to the net realizable value of the products. Total computer software costs capitalized were $2.4 million and $0.8 million in fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively. Total amortization expense charged to operations was approximately $3.9 million, $6.5 million and $7.9 million in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

(h) Foreign Currency Translation

        The determination of the functional currency of subsidiaries is based on the subsidiaries' financial and operational environment and is normally the local currency. Gains and losses from foreign currency translation related to entities whose functional currency is their local currency are credited or charged to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), included in stockholders' equity (deficit) in the consolidated balance sheets. In all instances, foreign currency transaction gains or losses are credited or charged to the consolidated statements of operations as incurred as a component of other income (expense), net. Foreign currency transaction gains (losses) were ($2.0) million, $2.5 million and ($0.1) million in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

(i) Net Income Applicable to Common Stockholders

        Basic earnings per share were determined by dividing income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share were determined by dividing income attributable to common stockholders by diluted weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Diluted weighted average shares reflect the dilutive effect, if any, of potential common shares. To the extent their effect is dilutive, potential common shares include common stock options and warrants, based on the treasury stock method, convertible preferred stock, based on the if-converted method, and other commitments to be settled in common stock. The

F-11


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


calculations of basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are as follows (in thousands, except per share data):

 
  Years Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  
 
  Income   Shares   Per Share Amount   Income   Shares   Per Share Amount   Income   Shares   Per Share Amount  

Basic earnings per share:

                                                       
 

Net income

  $ 52,924     90,053   $ 0.59   $ 24,946     89,640   $ 0.28   $ 38,228     70,879   $ 0.54  

Diluted earnings per share:

                                                       
 

Employee equity awards

          2,133                 3,897               3,169        
 

Warrants

          392               555               1,467        
 

Incremental shares from assumed conversion of preferred stock

                                  7,290     16,354        
                                       
 

Income giving effect to dilutive adjustments

  $ 52,924     92,578   $ 0.57   $ 24,946     94,092   $ 0.27   $ 45,518     91,869   $ 0.50  
                                       

        The following potential common shares were excluded from the calculation of dilutive weighted average shares outstanding because the exercise price of the stock options and warrants exceeded the average market price of our common stock and their effect would be anti-dilutive at the balance sheet date (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Employee equity awards and warrants

    2,230     2,205     2,313  

(j) Concentration of Credit Risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk are principally cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and installments and collateralized receivables. We place our cash and cash equivalents in financial institutions management believes to be high credit quality. Concentration of credit risk with respect to receivables is limited to certain customers to which we make substantial sales. To reduce risk, we assess the financial strength of our customers. We do not generally require collateral or other security in support of our receivables. As of June 30, 2009 and 2008, we had no customers that represented more than 10% of total receivables.

        Our business and results of operations are affected by international, national and regional economic conditions. Financial markets in the United States, Europe and Asia have been experiencing extreme disruption in recent months, including, among other things, extreme volatility in security prices, severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, ratings downgrades of certain investments and declining values of others. The global economy has entered a recession. We are unable to predict the likely duration and severity of the current disruptions in financial markets, credit availability, and adverse economic conditions throughout the world. These economic developments affect businesses such as ours and those of our customers in a number of ways that could result in unfavorable consequences.

F-12


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(k) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Discounts

        We make judgments as to our ability to collect outstanding receivables and provide allowances for the portion of receivables when a loss is reasonably expected to occur. The allowance for doubtful accounts is established to represent the best estimate of the net realizable value of the outstanding accounts and installments receivable. The development of the allowance for doubtful accounts in general is based on a review of past due amounts, historical write-off and recovery experience, as well as aging trends affecting specific accounts and general operational factors affecting all accounts. In addition, factors are developed utilizing historical trends in bad debts, returns and allowances.

        We consider current economic trends when evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. If circumstances relating to specific customers change or unanticipated changes occur in the general business environment, our estimates of the recoverability of receivables could be further adjusted.

        The following table summarizes allowance for doubtful accounts activity for accounts and installments receivable in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Balance, beginning of year

  $ 10,637   $ 10,769   $ 9,665  
 

Provision for bad debts

    (1,378 )   752     2,568  
 

Write-offs

    (772 )   (884 )   (1,464 )
               

Balance, end of year

  $ 8,487   $ 10,637   $ 10,769  
               

        The following table summarizes accounts receivable balances as of June 30, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

 
  June 30,  
 
  2009   2008  
 
  Gross   Allowance   Net   Gross   Allowance   Net  

Accounts Receivable

  $ 55,691   $ 5,809   $ 49,882   $ 94,194   $ 7,324   $ 86,870  

Installments Receivable

    180,599     2,678     177,921     137,603     3,313     134,290  

Collateralized Receivable

    96,366         96,366     135,349         135,349  

        Installments and collateralized receivables are presented net of discounts for future interest established at inception of the note and carry terms of up to five years. Interest income is recognized over the term of the note using the effective interest method. The total of such discounts as of June 30, 2009 and 2008 was as follows (in thousands):

 
  June 30,  
 
  2009   2008  

Current portion of installments receivable

  $ 3,141   $ 2,545  

Current portion of collateralized receivables

    1,726     4,722  

Long-term installments receivable

    27,142     22,258  

Long-term collateralized receivables

    9,658     16,060  

F-13


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(l) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        Effective July 1, 2008, we adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" (SFAS No. 157), for financial assets and financial liabilities. In accordance with FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, "Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157", we will delay application of SFAS No. 157 for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities, until July 1, 2009. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

        SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants. SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

        Cash Equivalents.    Cash equivalents are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 Inputs. We obtain quoted market prices in identical markets to estimate the fair value of its cash equivalents.

        The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not significantly change the valuation techniques we had previously utilized prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 157.

        Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, installments receivable, collateralized receivables, accounts payable and secured borrowings. The estimated fair value of accounts receivable, installments receivable, collateralized receivable and accounts payable approximates the carrying value. The estimated fair value of secured borrowings exceeded the carrying value by $1.4 million at June 30, 2009. The fair value of secured borrowing was calculated using interest rates that were indirectly observable in markets for similar liabilities.

F-14


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2009, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurement at
Reporting Date Using
 
Description
  June 30, 2009   Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level (3)
 

Assets:

                         
 

Cash equivalents

  $ 87,918     87,918          

        Certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include reporting units measured at fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test. Certain non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, as well as intangible assets and other non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment. As stated above, SFAS No. 157 will be applicable to these fair value measurements beginning July 1, 2009.

(m) Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

        Acquired intangibles are removed from the accounts when fully amortized and no longer in use. Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of the following at June 30, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

 
   
  June 30, 2009   June 30, 2008  
Asset Class
  Estimated
Useful Life
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net   Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Net  

Customer Relationships

  3-12 years   $ 647   $ 491   $ 156   $ 1,691   $ 1,076   $ 615  

        Intangible asset amortization expense was $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and $6.5 million for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and is expected to be $0.2 million during fiscal 2010, which represents the final year of amortization on the outstanding intangible asset. Amortization expense is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets.

F-15


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The changes in the carrying amount of the goodwill by reporting unit for fiscal 2009 and 2008 were as follows (in thousands):

 
  Reporting Unit  
 
  License   Professional
Services
  Maintenance
and Training
  Total  

Carrying amount as of June 30, 2007

  $ 2,476   $ 513   $ 16,123   $ 19,112  
 

Effect of changes in currency translation

    14     9     (116 )   (93 )
                   

Carrying amount as of June 30, 2008

    2,490     522     16,007     19,019  
 

Impairment loss

        (521 )       (521 )
 

Effect of changes in currency translation

    (15 )   (1 )   (1,796 )   (1,812 )
                   

Carrying amount as of June 30, 2009

  $ 2,475   $   $ 14,211   $ 16,686  
                   

        We test goodwill for impairment annually at the reporting unit level using a fair value approach in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." We conduct our annual impairment test on December 31, of each year. The initial step requires us to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare it to the carrying value, including goodwill, of such reporting unit. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss is to be recognized. However, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of this unit may be impaired. The amount of impairment, if any, is then measured based upon the estimated fair value of goodwill at the valuation date. Our last annual impairment test occurred on December 31, 2008. If an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value, goodwill will be evaluated for impairment between annual tests.

        Certain negative macroeconomic factors began to impact the global credit markets in late calendar 2008 and we noted significant unfavorable trends in business conditions in the second quarter of fiscal 2009. Concurrent with these unfavorable developments, we commenced the annual impairment assessment of goodwill and certain intangible assets. In connection with preparing the annual impairment assessment, we identified significant deterioration in the expected future financial performance of the professional services segment compared to the expected future financial performance of this segment at the end of fiscal 2008. As a result, we recognized goodwill and intangible assets impairments of $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively, within the professional services reporting unit during the second fiscal quarter of 2009, which ended December 31, 2008. The method for determining fair value was based on weighting estimates of future cash flows from the reporting units and estimates of the market value of the reporting units, based on comparable companies. These impairment losses were recorded as loss on impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the consolidated statement of operations.

F-16


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        We evaluate our long-lived assets, which include property and leasehold improvements and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, for impairment as events and circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If we determine that an impairment review is required, we would review the expected future undiscounted cash flows to be generated by the assets. If we determine that the carrying value of our long-lived assets may not be recoverable, we would measure any impairment based on a projected discounted cash flow method using a discount rate determined by us to be commensurate with the risk inherent in our current business model.

(n) Comprehensive Income

        Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income is disclosed in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders' equity (deficit) and comprehensive income. The components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 consist of cumulative translation adjustments.

(o) Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

        We adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), "Share-Based Payment," (SFAS No.123(R)) effective July 1, 2005. Under the provisions of this statement, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the vesting period.

(p) Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets

        We derecognize financial assets, specifically accounts receivable and installments receivable, when control has been surrendered in compliance with SFAS No. 140, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities" (SFAS No. 140). Transfers of accounts receivable and installments receivable that meet the requirements of SFAS No. 140 for sale accounting treatment are removed from the balance sheet and gains or losses on the sale are recognized. If the conditions for sale accounting treatment are not met, or are no longer met, accounts receivable and installments receivable transferred are classified as collateralized receivables in the consolidated balance sheet and cash received from these transactions is classified as secured borrowings. All transfers of assets are accounted for as secured borrowings. Transaction costs associated with secured borrowings, if any, are treated as borrowing costs and recognized in interest expense. When we receive cash from a customer, the collateralized receivable balance is reduced and the related secured borrowing is reclassified to an accrued liability from amounts we must remit to the financial institution. The accrued liability is reduced when payment is remitted to the financial institution.

(q) Income Taxes

        Deferred income taxes are recognized based on temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the statutory tax rates and laws expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided against net deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income and the timing of the temporary differences becoming

F-17


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


deductible. Management considers, among other available information, scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, limitations of availability of net operating loss carryforwards, and other matters in making this assessment.

        We do not provide deferred taxes on unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries since we intend to indefinitely reinvest either currently or some time in the foreseeable future. Unrecognized provisions for taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries, which are considered indefinitely reinvested, are not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

        We are continuously subject to examination by the IRS, as well as various state and foreign jurisdictions. The IRS and other taxing authorities may challenge certain deductions and credits reported by us on our income tax returns. For years prior to fiscal 2008 and in accordance with SFAS No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," we established reserves for tax contingencies that reflected our best estimate of the deductions or tax credits that we may be unable to sustain, or that were probable to be conceded as part of a broader tax settlement.

        In July 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 48, "Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109," (FIN 48), which clarifies the criteria for recognition and measurement of benefits from uncertain tax positions. Under FIN 48, an entity should recognize a tax benefit when it is more-likely-than-not, based on the technical merits, that the position would be sustained upon examination by a taxing authority. The amount to be recognized, if the more-likely-than-not threshold was passed, should be measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Furthermore, any change in the recognition, de-recognition or measurement of a tax position should be recorded in the period in which the change occurs.

        We adopted FIN 48 as of July 1, 2007, and any change in net assets as a result of applying FIN 48 is recognized as an adjustment to accumulated deficit on that date. The implementation of FIN 48 on July 1, 2007, resulted in no adjustment to the opening deficit. Although we had $3.6 million of deferred tax assets which were de-recognized upon adoption of FIN 48,these amounts did not result in an adjustment to the accumulated deficit at July 1, 2007 as a result of the full valuation allowance recorded against these deferred tax assets.

        We account for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of the provision for income taxes. As of June 30, 2007, we had accrued $5.9 million of interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. Prior to July 1, 2007, income taxes payable were classified as a current liability. Under FIN 48, we are required to classify those obligations that are expected to be paid within the next twelve months as a current obligation and the remainder as a non-current obligation. As of July 1, 2007, we classified $10.6 million as non-current obligations.

(r) Legal Fees and Contingencies

        We accrue estimated future legal fees associated with outstanding litigation for which management has determined that it is probable that a loss contingency exists. Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the claim assessment or damages can be reasonably estimated.

F-18


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(s) Advertising Costs

        We charge advertising costs to expense as the costs are incurred. We incurred advertising expenses of $2.5 million, $3.3 million and $1.8 million during fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. We had no prepaid advertising costs included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(t) Research and Development Expense

        We charge research and development expenditures to expense as the costs are incurred. Research and development expenses include salaries, direct costs incurred and building and overhead expenses.

(u) Accounting for Restructuring Accruals

        We follow SFAS No. 146, "Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities." In addition, we consider the guidance where applicable in SFAS No. 112 "Employers' Accounting for Postemployment Benefits" and SFAS No. 88, "Employers' Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and for Termination Benefits." In accounting for these obligations, we are required to make assumptions related to the amounts of employee severance, benefits, and related costs and to the time period over which facilities will remain vacant, sublease terms, sublease rates and discount rates. Estimates and assumptions are based on the best information available at the time the obligation has arisen. The restructuring charge for restructuring programs that have future payments that extend beyond one year is recorded at the net present value of the future cash payments to be made. The discount is then accreted to restructuring expense over the term of the remaining payments. These estimates are reviewed and revised as facts and circumstances dictate; changes in these estimates could have a material effect on the amount accrued on the consolidated balance sheet.

(v) Immaterial Correction of Errors

        During the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we identified certain errors related to income taxes, stock compensation expense and foreign transactions that originated in prior periods and concluded that the errors were not material to any of the previously reported periods. These immaterial errors were corrected in first quarter 2009 Interim Financial Statements and in the information presented in the first quarter and full fiscal year financial statements and disclosures. The impact to certain captions in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2009, resulting from these out-of-period components of the immaterial corrections, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  September 30, 2008  
 
  Increase (Decrease)
 

Total revenues

  $  

Income from operations

    887  

Income before provision for taxes

    315  

Net income

    (3,618 )

        During the second and fourth quarter of fiscal 2008, we identified certain errors that originated in prior periods and concluded that the errors were not material to any of the previously reported

F-19


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


periods. These immaterial errors were corrected in the second fiscal quarter 2008 Interim Financial Statements and in the information presented in the fourth quarter and full fiscal year financial statements and disclosures. The impact to certain captions in the consolidated statement of operations for fiscal 2008, resulting from these out-of-period components of the immaterial corrections, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  December 31,
2007
  June 30,
2008
 
 
  Increase (Decrease)
 

Total revenues

  $ (1,117 ) $ (900 )

Income from operations

    (1,337 )   (907 )

Income before provision for taxes

    (486 )   (747 )

Net income

    358     (1,009 )

(w) Subsequent Events

        We evaluated events occurring between the end of our most recent fiscal year and November 6, 2009, the date the financial statements were issued. There were no subsequent events to be disclosed based on this evaluation.

(x) Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

        In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements," (SFAS No. 157) which enhances existing guidance for measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. In February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 157-2, "Effective Date of FASB Statement No 157" which permits companies to partially defer the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for one year for nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a nonrecurring basis. We adopted SFAS No. 157 on July 1, 2008. The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, "The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities" (SFAS No. 159). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and provides entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. Once an entity has elected the fair value option for designated financial instruments and other items, changes in fair value must be recognized in the statement of operations. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159 on July 1, 2008. As of June 30, 2009, we had not elected the fair value option for any eligible financial asset or liability.

        In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, "Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—An amendment of FASB Statement No. 133." This statement changes the disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and hedging activities. SFAS No. 161 requires enhanced disclosures about (a) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (b) how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and its related

F-20


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


interpretations, and (c) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity's financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. This statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008. We adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 161 as of January 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 161 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 165, "Subsequent Events" (SFAS No. 165). SFAS No. 165 establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. SFAS No. 165 is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. We adopted SFAS No. 165 on April 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS No. 165 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R), "Business Combinations," which replaces SFAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. The Statement also establishes disclosure requirements which will enable users to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We will adopt SFAS No. 141(R) effective July 1, 2009. We expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) will have an impact on accounting for business combinations, however, the effect is primarily dependent upon future acquisitions.

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—An amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51" ("SFAS No. 160"), which establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent's ownership interest and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. The Statement also establishes reporting requirements that provide sufficient disclosures that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 160 as of July 1, 2009. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 160 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as no minority interests are reported as of June 30, 2009.

        In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS 140-3, "Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions." The objective of the FSP is to provide guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset and repurchase financing. The FSP presumes that an initial transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase financing are considered part of the same arrangement (linked transaction) under Statement 140. However, if certain criteria are met, the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately under Statement 140. FSP FAS 140-3 is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008 and early adoption is not permitted. The adoption of FSP FAS 140-3 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

F-21


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 142-3, "Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets." FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under Statement 142. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166, "Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets" (SFAS No. 166). SFAS No. 166 removes the concept of a QSPE from SFAS No. 140 and removes the exception from applying FIN 46R. This statement also clarifies the requirements for isolation and limitations on portions of financial assets that are eligible for sale accounting. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after Nov. 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 166 on July 1, 2010. The adoption of SFAS No. 166 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167, "Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R)" (SFAS No. 167). SFAS No. 167 amends the consolidation guidance applicable to variable interest entities and affects the overall consolidation analysis under FASB Interpretation No. 46(R). SFAS No. 167 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 167 as of July 1, 2010. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of SFAS No. 167 on our consolidated financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168, "The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles—a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162" (SFAS No. 168). SFAS No. 168 stipulates the FASB Accounting Standards Codification is the source of authoritative U.S. GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. SFAS No. 168 is effective for financials statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 168 on July 1, 2009. The implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In October 2009, the FASB issued EITF 08-1 "Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements" (EITF 08-1). EITF 08-1 amends EITF 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables" to eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have Vendor-Specific Objective Evidence (VSOE) or Third-Party Evidence (TPE) before an entity can recognize the portion of an overall arrangement fee that is attributable to items that already have been delivered. In the absence of VSOE or TPE of the standalone selling price for one or more delivered or undelivered elements in a multiple-element arrangement, entities will be required to estimate the selling prices of those elements. The overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based on their relative selling prices, regardless of whether those selling prices are evidenced by VSOE or TPE or are based on the entity's estimated selling price. Application of the "residual method" of allocating an overall arrangement fee between delivered and undelivered elements will no longer be permitted upon adoption of EITF 08-1. Additionally, the new guidance will require entities to disclose more information about their multiple-element revenue arrangements. EITF 08-1 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt EITF 08-1 on July 1, 2010. We are currently evaluating the impacts of the adoption of EITF 08-1 on our consolidated financial statements.

F-22


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        In October 2009, the FASB issued EITF 09-3 "Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements" (EITF 09-3). EITF 09-3 amends SOP 97-2, "Software Revenue Recognition" to exclude from its scope tangible products that contain both software and non-software components that function together to deliver a product's essential functionality. EITF 09-3 is effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt EITF 09-3 on July 1, 2010. We do not expect the adoption of EITF 09-3 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

(3) Restructuring Charges

        Restructuring charges consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Restructuring Charges

  $ 2,446   $ 8,623   $ 4,634  
               

        During fiscal 2009, we recorded $2.4 million in restructuring charges. Of this amount, $1.9 million related to headcount reductions and $0.5 million related to changes in the estimates of future operating costs and sublease assumptions related to restructuring programs originating in periods prior to June 30, 2008 and accretion.

        At June 30, 2009, total restructuring liabilities of $12.2 million consisted of $11.9 million for the closure of facilities and $0.3 million relating to headcount reductions. We anticipate that payments of $5.1 million will be made over the next twelve months and the remaining $8.2 million will be made through fiscal 2016.

F-23


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(3) Restructuring Charges (Continued)

        The following activity was recorded for the indicated years (in thousands):

 
  Closure/
Consolidation
of Facilities and
Contract termination costs
  Employee
Severance,
Benefits, and
Related Costs
  Total  

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2006

  $ 17,402   $ 750   $ 18,152  
 

Restructuring charge

    1,001     3,634     4,635  
 

Fiscal 2007 payments

    (4,958 )   (3,527 )   (8,485 )
 

Restructuring charge—accretion

    308     1     309  
 

Change in estimate—revised assumption

    (367 )   (30 )   (397 )
               

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2007

    13,386     828     14,214  
 

Restructuring charge

    6,276     545     6,821  
 

Fiscal 2008 payments

    (5,249 )   (1,203 )   (6,452 )
 

Restructuring charge—accretion

    575         575  
 

Change in estimate—revised assumption

    1,366     (139 )   1,227  
               

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2008

    16,354     31     16,385  
 

Restructuring charge

        1,700     1,700  
 

Fiscal 2009 payments

    (5,009 )   (1,604 )   (6,613 )
 

Restructuring charge—accretion

    629         629  
 

Change in estimate—revised assumption

    (55 )   172     117  
               

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2009

  $ 11,919   $ 299   $ 12,218  
               

(a) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended March 31, 2009

        In the three months ended March 31, 2009, we initiated a worldwide plan to reduce operating expenses by reorganizing business units through headcount reductions. During fiscal 2009, we recorded a charge of $1.7 million associated with headcount reductions. Approximately 70 employees, or 5% of the workforce, were eliminated under the restructuring plan. The employees were primarily located in North America and Europe. All business units were affected, including services, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative. As of June 30, 2009, there was $0.3 million in accrued expenses relating to headcount reductions.

(b) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended June 30, 2007

        In May 2007, we initiated a plan to relocate our corporate headquarters from Cambridge to Burlington, Massachusetts. The relocation resulted in our ceasing to use our prior corporate headquarters leased space, subleasing the space to a third party, and the relocation to a new facility. During fiscal 2008, we recorded a charge of $6.0 million associated with the relocation of certain departments to temporary space. The closure and relocation actions were completed in October 2007. These costs did not meet the criteria for accrual as of June 30, 2007. During fiscal 2009, we recorded

F-24


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(3) Restructuring Charges (Continued)


an additional $0.4 million in restructuring charges, primarily related to accretion. As of June 30, 2009, there was $3.9 million remaining in accrued expenses relating to the remaining lease payments.

(c) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended June 30, 2005

        In May 2005, we initiated a plan to consolidate several corporate functions and to reduce our operating expenses. The plan to reduce operating expenses primarily resulted in headcount reductions, and also included the termination of a contract and the consolidation of facilities. These actions resulted in an aggregate restructuring charge of $3.8 million, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2005. During fiscal 2008 and 2007, we recorded an additional $0.8 million and $4.6 million, respectively, in restructuring charges related to headcount reductions, relocation costs and facility consolidations associated with the May 2005 plan that did not qualify for accrual at June 30, 2005. As of June 30, 2009, there were no remaining accruals associated with the plan.

        Closure/consolidation of facilities:    Approximately $0.3 million and $1.0 million of the restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to the termination of facility leases.

        Employee severance, benefits and related costs:    Approximately $0.5 million and $3.6 million of the restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2008, and 2007, respectively, related to the reduction in headcount. Approximately 130 employees, or 10% of the workforce, were eliminated under the restructuring plan. The employees were primarily located in North America and Europe. All business units were affected, including services, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative.

(d) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended June 30, 2004

        In June 2004, we initiated a plan to reduce our operating expenses in order to better align our operating cost structure with the current economic environment and to improve operating margins. The plan to reduce operating expenses resulted in the consolidation of facilities, headcount reductions, and the termination of operating contracts. These actions resulted in an aggregate restructuring charge of $23.5 million, recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2004. During fiscal 2005, we recorded $14.4 million related to headcount reductions and facility consolidations associated with the June 2004 restructuring plan that did not qualify for accrual at June 30, 2004. In addition, we recorded $0.4 million in restructuring charges related to the accretion of the discounted restructuring accrual and a $0.8 million decrease to the accrual related to changes in estimates of severance benefits and sublease terms. During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded a less than $0.1 million, a $1.2 million and a $0.2 million decrease, respectively, to the accrual primarily due to changes in the estimate of future operating costs and sublease assumptions associated with the facilities, as well as accretion of $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2009, there was $3.2 million remaining in accrued expenses relating to the remaining lease payments.

        Closure/consolidation of facilities:    Approximately $9.1 million of the fiscal 2005 restructuring related to the termination of facility leases and other lease related costs. The facility leases had remaining terms ranging from several months to eight years. The amount accrued is an estimate of the remaining obligation under the lease or actual costs to buy-out leases, reduced by expected income from the sublease of the underlying properties.

F-25


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(3) Restructuring Charges (Continued)

        Employee severance, benefits and related costs:    Approximately $4.4 million of the fiscal 2005 restructuring charge, related to a reduction in headcount. In the aggregate, approximately 147 employees, or 9% of the workforce, were eliminated under the restructuring plan implemented by management. The fiscal 2005 restructuring charge related to employees that had not been notified in a manner that would allow for accrual as of June 30, 2004. Such accrual occurred in Q1 of fiscal 2005. A majority of the employees were located in North America, although Europe was affected as well. All business units were affected, including services, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and administrative.

        Impairment of assets:    Approximately $1.0 million of the fiscal 2005 restructuring charge related to charges associated with the impairment of fixed assets associated with the closed and consolidated facilities. These assets were considered to be impaired because their carrying values were in excess of their fair values.

(e) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended December 31, 2002

        In October 2002, management initiated a plan to reduce operating expenses in response to first quarter revenue results that were below expectations and to general economic uncertainties. The plan to reduce operating expenses resulted in headcount reductions, consolidation of facilities, and discontinuation of development and support for certain non-critical products. We accounted for the restructuring charges in accordance with EITF 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring." These actions resulted in an aggregate restructuring charge of $28.7 million. During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded a $0.1 million increase and a $0.1 and $0.2 million decrease, respectively, to the accrual primarily due to a change in the estimate of the facility vacancy term and for additional severance benefits. As of June 30, 2009, there was $4.6 million remaining in accrued expenses primarily relating to the remaining lease payments.

(f) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended June 30, 2002

        In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, management initiated a plan to reduce operating expenses and to restructure operations around our two primary product lines, engineering software and manufacturing/supply chain software. We accounted for the related restructuring charges in accordance with EITF 94-3, "Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring." We reduced worldwide headcount by approximately 10%, or 200 employees, closed and consolidated facilities, and disposed of certain assets, resulting in an aggregate restructuring charge of $13.2 million. During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded nominal increases to the accrual due to changes in sublease assumptions. As of June 30, 2009, there was $0.2 million remaining in accrued expenses relating to lease payments.

(4) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized Receivables

        We have transferred certain customer installment and trade receivables to financial institutions that are accounted for as secured borrowings. The transferred receivables serve as collateral under the receivable sales facilities. Since December 2007, we have not sold any receivables for the purpose of raising cash, but we have sold some large dollar receivables in order to fund the repurchase of several large groups of smaller receivables previously sold to the banks, for the purpose of simplifying our

F-26


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(4) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized Receivables (Continued)


administration of the programs. The carrying value of the collateralized receivables approximates the carrying value of the equivalent secured borrowings.

        At June 30, 2009 and 2008, receivables totaling $96.4 million and $135.3 million, respectively, were pledged as collateral for the secured borrowings. The secured borrowings totaled $112.1 million and $147.2 million as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The collateralized receivables are presented at their net present value. The interest rate implicit in the collateralized receivables was 8% as of June 30, 2009 and 2008. We recorded $8.7 million, $15.1 million and $11.6 million of interest income associated with the collateralized receivables for fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, and recognized $10.5 million, $16.1 million, and $17.5 million of interest expense associated with the secured borrowings. Proceeds from and payments on the secured borrowings are presented as components of cash flows from financing activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Reductions of secured borrowings are recognized as financing cash flows upon payment to the financial institution and operating cash flows from collateralized receivables are recognized upon customer payment of amounts due.

Traditional Programs

        We historically have maintained arrangements which we refer to as our Traditional Programs to transfer certain of our receivables to financial institutions upon the mutual agreement of us and the financial institution for each such customer receivable. The transfers of customer receivables under these programs have been accounted for as secured borrowings. Under our arrangements with General Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America and Silicon Valley Bank (SVB), both parties must agree to enter into each transaction and negotiate the amount borrowed and interest rate secured by each receivable. We received cash proceeds of $30.2 million, $74.1 million and $148.9 million for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to these programs.

        The collateralized receivables earn interest income and the secured borrowings accrue borrowing costs at approximately the same interest rate. When cash is received from a customer by us, the collateralized receivable balance is reduced and the related secured borrowing is reclassified to an accrued liability for amounts we must remit to the financial institution. The accrued liability is reduced when payment is remitted to the financial institutions. The terms of the customer receivables range from amounts that are due within 30 days to receivables that are due over five years.

        Under the terms of the Traditional Programs we have transferred the receivables to the financial institutions with limited financial recourse to us. Potential recourse obligations are primarily related to one program that requires us to pay interest to SVB when the underlying customer has not paid by the receviable due date. This recourse is limited to a maximum period of 90 days after the due date. The amount of outstanding receivables that have this potential recourse obligation is $43.6 million at June 30, 2009. This ninety-day recourse obligation is recognized as interest expense as incurred and totaled $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.7 million for fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Otherwise, recourse generally results from circumstances in which we failed to perform requirements related to contracts with the customer. Other than the specific items noted above, the financial institutions bear the credit risk of the customers associated with the receivables the institution purchased.

        In the ordinary course of us acting as a servicing agent for receivables transferred to SVB, we regularly receive funds from customers that are processed and remitted onward to SVB. While in our

F-27


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(4) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized Receivables (Continued)


possession, these cash receipts are contractually owned by SVB and are held by us on their behalf until remitted to the bank. Cash receipts held for the benefit of SVB recorded in our cash balances and current liabilities totaled $0 and $0.9 million as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Such amounts are restricted from our use.

        The terms of the asset purchase agreement for one of the programs requires the timely reporting of financial information. As of June 30, 2009, we were not in compliance with that requirement. We have obtained waivers for such non-compliance which extends the deadline for delivering the fiscal 2009 financial information until November 30, 2009. We are in the process of obtaining an additional waiver to extend the reporting deadline for the financial information for the first quarter of fiscal 2010. Because we have been unable to timely report financial information and the waiver of this covenant does not extend the grace period for a year and a day past the balance sheet date, the obligation under this program has been classified as a current obligation in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2009. The amount of this obligation that is included in current liabilities that is due beyond one year is $46.2 million as of June 30, 2009.

        In June 2008, we paid the outstanding amount under the Bank of America program at its carrying value of $2.7 million inclusive of a one percent pre-payment penalty.

Securitization of Accounts Receivable

        During fiscal 2005 and 2007 we entered into securitization arrangements where we securitized and transferred receivables with a net carrying value of $71.9 million and $32.1 million, respectively, and received cash proceeds of $43.8 million and $20.0 million, respectively. These borrowings were secured by the transferred receivables, and the debt and borrowing costs were repaid as the receivables were collected. Neither arrangement met the criteria for a sale and as such had been accounted for as a secured borrowing. We received and retained collections on these receivables after all borrowing and related costs were paid to the financial institution. The financial institutions' rights to repayment were limited to the payments received from the receivables. Both securitizations were paid off during fiscal 2008 at their respective carrying values of $4.2 million and $12.2 million. The payments resulted in a reclassification to accounts receivable of $9.8 million and to current installments receivable of $17.8 million from the current portion of collateralized receivables, and $23.9 million from non-current collateralized receivables to non-current installment receivables.

        The secured borrowings consist of the following at June 30, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

 
  June 30,  
 
  2009   2008  

Traditional Programs—weighted average interest rate of 8.1% and 7.6% at June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively

  $ 112,096   $ 147,207  
           

Total secured borrowings

    112,096     147,207  

Less current portion

    83,885     47,816  
           

Total secured borrowings, less current portion

  $ 28,211   $ 99,391  
           

F-28


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(4) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized Receivables (Continued)

        The cash payments on the collateralized receivables fund the secured borrowing payments, and we retain payments received on collateralized receivables that are in excess of the secured borrowings. We have no future cash obligations other than the limited recourse obligations noted above.

(5) Line of Credit

        In January 2003 and through subsequent amendments, we executed a loan arrangement with Silicon Valley Bank. This arrangement provides a line of credit of up to the lesser of (i) $25.0 million or (ii) 80% of eligible domestic receivables. The line of credit bears interest at the greater of the bank's prime rate (3.25% at June 30, 2009) plus 0.5%, or 4.75%. If we maintain a $10.0 million compensating cash balance with the bank, the unused line of credit fee will be 0.1875% per annum, otherwise it will be 0.375% per annum. The line of credit is collateralized by substantially all of our assets and we are required to provide certain financial information and to meet certain financial covenants, including minimum tangible net worth, minimum cash balances and an adjusted quick ratio. As of June 30, 2009, we were not in compliance with certain financial reporting requirements under the terms of the loan arrangement and have obtained waivers for such non-compliance. Furthermore, the terms of the loan arrangement restrict our ability to pay dividends, with the exception of common stock dividends or preferred stock dividends paid in cash.

        On November 3, 2009, we executed an amendment to the loan arrangement that adjusted certain terms of the covenants, including modifying the date we must provide monthly unaudited and annual audited financial statements to the bank and the maturity date of the credit loan, which was extended to May 15, 2010. As of June 30, 2009, there were $7.7 million in letters of credit outstanding under the line of credit, and there was $17.5 million available for future borrowing.

(6) Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

        Property, equipment and leasehold improvements in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,  
 
  2009   2008  

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements—at cost

             

Computer equipment

  $ 9,538   $ 9,908  

Purchased software

    17,815     24,756  

Furniture & fixtures

    5,881     6,311  

Leasehold improvements

    3,808     4,009  

Accumulated depreciation

    (27,438 )   (33,185 )
           
 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements—net

  $ 9,604   $ 11,799  
           

        We account for asset retirement obligations in accordance with SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations" and FIN 47 "Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations—an interpretation of SFAS No. 143." As of June 30, 2009 and 2008, the balance of our asset retirement obligations was $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

F-29


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(6) Supplemental Balance Sheet Information (Continued)

        Accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,  
 
  2009   2008  

Royalties and outside commissions

  $ 8,627   $ 6,576  

Payroll and payroll-related

    13,793     19,434  

Restructuring accruals

    4,974     4,658  

Amounts due to receivable sale facilities for collections

    2,724     5,687  

Other

    17,764     25,391  
           
 

Total accrued expenses

  $ 47,882   $ 61,746  
           

        Other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  June 30,  
 
  2009   2008  

Restructuring accruals

  $ 7,244   $ 11,727  

Deferred rent

    2,333     2,562  

Royalties and outside commissions

    5,852     6,368  

Other

    20,430     23,653  
           
 

Total other non-current liabilities

  $ 35,859   $ 44,310  
           

(7) Preferred Stock

        Our Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further stockholder approval, to issue, from time to time, up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Each such series of preferred stock shall have such number of shares, designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges, which may include, among others, dividend rights, voting rights, redemption and sinking fund provisions, liquidation preferences and conversion rights, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors in a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series. Any such series of preferred stock, if so determined by the Board of Directors, may have full voting rights with the common stock or limited voting rights and may be convertible into common stock or another security of the Company.

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

        In August 2003, we issued and sold 300,300 shares of Series D-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series D-1 Preferred), along with warrants to purchase up to 6,006,006 shares of common stock at a price of $3.33 per share, in a private placement to several investment partnerships managed by Advent International Corporation for an aggregate purchase price of $100.0 million. Concurrently, we paid cash of $30.0 million and issued 63,064 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock (Series D-2 Preferred), along with warrants to purchase up to 1,261,280 shares of common stock at a price of $3.33 per share, to repurchase all of the outstanding Series B Preferred. In addition, we exchanged existing warrants to purchase 791,044 shares of common stock at an exercise price ranging

F-30


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(7) Preferred Stock (Continued)


from $20.64 to $23.99 held by the holders of the Series B Preferred, for new warrants to purchase 791,044 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.08. These transactions are referred to collectively as the Series D Preferred financing.

        We incurred $10.7 million in costs related to the issuance of the Series D-1 and D-2 Preferred (together, the Series D Preferred) and allocated the net proceeds received between the Series D Preferred and the warrants on the basis of the relative fair values at the date of issuance, allocating $15.5 million of proceeds to the warrants. The warrants are exercisable at any time prior to the seventh anniversary of their issue date. The remaining discount on the Series D Preferred was accreted to its redemption value over the earliest period of redemption.

        Each share of Series D Preferred was entitled to vote on all matters in which holders of common stock were entitled to vote, receiving a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which it was then convertible. In addition, holders of Series D-1 Preferred, as a separate class, were entitled to elect a certain number of directors, based on a formula as defined in the Series D Preferred Certificate of Designations. The holders of the Series D-1 Preferred were entitled to elect a number of our directors calculated as a ratio of the Series D-1 Preferred voting power as compared to the total voting power of our common stock. The Series D-1 Preferred holders were elected as three of the six current directors of the Company.

        The Series D Preferred earned cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 8%, which were payable when and if declared by the Board of Directors, in cash or, subject to certain conditions, common stock. As of June 30, 2006, we had accrued $28.5 million in dividends on the Series D Preferred.

        Each share of Series D Preferred was convertible at any time into a number of shares of common stock equal to its stated value divided by the then-effective conversion price. Each share of Series D Preferred was convertible into 100 shares of common stock.

        The Series D Preferred included redemption rights at the option of the holders as follows: 50% on or after August 14, 2009 and 50% on or after August 14, 2010. The shares were redeemable for cash at a price of $333.00 per share, plus accumulated but unpaid dividends.

        The Series D Preferred was subject to redemption at our option, at any time after August 2006 at a price of $416.25 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends if, among other things, the average trading price of our common stock exceeds $7.60 per share for 45 consecutive days. If we make such an election, the holders of the Series D Preferred may elect to convert their Series D Preferred shares into shares of common stock rather than have them redeemed.

        On May 16, 2006, the Holders of the Series D Preferred converted 30,000 shares into 3,000,000 shares of common stock. At the time of the conversion we also paid $2.4 million in dividends on the converted shares. In December 2006, the holders of the Series D-1 Preferred converted their remaining 270,300 shares into 27,030,000 shares of common stock. In December 2006, we announced that we would redeem any shares of our Series D-2 Preferred that were not converted by our holders into common shares by January 30, 2007. In January 2007, the remaining 63,064 shares of Series D-2 Preferred were converted by our holder into 6,306,400 shares of common stock. The terms of the Series D-1 and D-2 Preferred required settlement of all accrued and unpaid dividends upon conversion of these shares into common stock and dividend accrual would cease upon such conversion. Accordingly, we paid $27.4 million in cash in December 2006 to the holders of the Series D-1 Preferred, and paid $6.6 million in cash in January 2007 to the holders of the Series D-2 Preferred for dividends accumulated at the date of conversion of the respective tranches of securities.

F-31


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(7) Preferred Stock (Continued)

        As a result of the conversion of the Series D-1 and Series D-2 Preferred and the related dividend payments, the stated value of the Series D-1 Preferred was reduced from $125.5 million as of June 30, 2006 to $0 as of June 30, 2007, common stock outstanding was increased by $3.3 million and additional paid-in-capital was increased by $95.5 million for the portion of the preferred stock converted into common shares.

        In the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, the accretion of preferred stock discount and dividend consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Accrual of dividend on Series D preferred

  $   $   $ (5,498 )

Accretion of discount on Series D preferred

            (1,792 )
               

  $   $   $ (7,290 )
               

Registration Rights

        In May 2006, we received a demand letter from the Series D-1 Preferred holders, in accordance with the terms of their investor rights agreement with us, requesting registration of all of the shares of common stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of Series D-1 Preferred and the exercise of their warrants in connection with an underwritten public offering per the terms defined in the investor rights agreement. We are required to register the underlying shares at our expense. As of June 30, 2009, the total number of outstanding shares of common stock that would be included by their registration demand letter is 29,512,336.

(8) Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Compensation Plans

        In May 2005, the shareholders approved the establishment of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2005 Plan), which provides for the reservation of up to 4,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan provides for the grant of incentive and nonqualified stock options and other stock-based awards, including the grant of shares based upon certain conditions, the grant of securities convertible into common stock and the grant of stock appreciation rights. Restricted stock and other stock-based awards granted under the 2005 Plan may not exceed, in the aggregate, 4,000,000 shares of common stock. As of June 30, 2009, there were 3,190,195 shares of common stock available for issuance subject to awards under the 2005 Plan.

        In December 2000, the shareholders approved the establishment of the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the 2001 Plan), which provides for the issuance of incentive stock options and nonqualified options. Under the 2001 Plan, the Board of Directors could grant stock options to purchase up to an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of common stock. At July 1, 2002, July 1, 2003 and July 1, 2004, the 2001 Plan was expanded to cover an additional 5% of the outstanding shares on the preceding June 30. In no event, however, may the number of shares subject to incentive options under the 2001 Option Plan exceed 8,000,000 unless the 2001 Plan is amended and such amendment is approved by the shareholders. As of June 30, 2009, there were 984,666 shares of common stock available for grant under the 2001 Plan.

F-32


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(8) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        In December 1996, our shareholders approved the establishment of the 1996 Special Stock Option Plan (the 1996 Plan). This plan provides for the issuance of incentive stock options and nonqualified options to purchase up to 500,000 shares of common stock. Stock options become exercisable over varying periods and expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. We discontinued our employee stock purchase plan as of June 30, 2007.

        In October 1997, our Board of Directors approved the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, under which the Board of Directors may grant stock purchase rights for a maximum of 1,000,000 shares through September 30, 2007. In December 2000 and 2003, the shareholders voted to increase the number of shares eligible under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan by 2,000,000 and 3,000,000 shares, respectively. Employees are granted options to purchase shares of common stock on the last business day of each semi-annual payment period for 85% of the market price of the common stock on the first or last business day of such payment period, whichever was less. The purchase price for such shares was paid through payroll deductions, and the June 30, 2008, maximum allowable payroll deduction was 10% of each eligible employee's compensation. Under the plan, we issued 315,751 shares in 2005, 188,119 shares in 2006, and 107,862 shares in 2007. On July 1, 2007, we issued 51,311 shares under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We discontinued the plan as of June 30, 2008.

General Award Terms

        We issue stock options and restricted stock units to our employees and outside directors, and provide employees the right to purchase stock pursuant to stockholder approved stock option and employee stock purchase programs. Option awards are generally granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of our stock at the date of grant; those options generally vest over four years and have 7 or 10-year contractual terms. Restricted stock units vest over four years (if performance conditions are met). Historically, our practice has been to settle stock option exercises and restricted stock vesting through newly issued shares.

Stock Compensation Accounting

        We recognize compensation costs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for time vested awards. For awards that vest based on performance conditions, we use the accelerated model for graded vesting awards.

        Our stock based compensation is principally accounted for as awards of equity instruments. Our policy is to issue new shares upon the exercise of stock awards. We adopted the simplified method related to accounting for the tax effects of share-based payment awards to employees in FASB Staff Position No. 123(R)-3, "Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards." We use the "with-and-without" approach for determining if excess tax benefits are realized under SFAS No. 123(R).

        Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) on July 1, 2005, we used the intrinsic value method to account for employee stock awards. Under the intrinsic value method, compensation cost was measured as the difference between the exercise price of the award and the grant date fair market value. We have elected the modified prospective transition method for adopting SFAS No. 123(R), and consequently prior periods were not modified. Under this method, the provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) apply to all awards granted or modified after the date of adoption (July 1, 2005). The unrecognized expense of awards not yet vested at the date of adoption is recognized in net income in the periods

F-33


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(8) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)


after the date of adoption using the same valuation method (i.e. Black-Scholes) and assumptions determined under the original provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS No. 123). Stock-based compensation is included in the following categories (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Recorded as expense:

                   
 

Cost of service and other

  $ 429   $ 1,254   $ 1,522  
 

Selling and marketing

    928     3,345     3,424  
 

Research and development

    460     1,411     1,915  
 

General and administrative

    2,853     4,590     4,201  
               

    4,670     10,600     11,062  

Capitalized computer software development costs:

    26     18     57  
               
 

Total stock-based compensation

  $ 4,696   $ 10,618   $ 11,119  
               

        We utilize the Black-Scholes valuation model for estimating the fair value of the stock compensation. There were no stock options granted in fiscal 2009. The weighted-average fair values of the options granted under the stock option plans and shares subject to purchase under the employee stock purchase plan for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 were calculated using the following assumptions:

 
  Fiscal 2008   Fiscal 2007  
 
  Stock Option Plans   Stock Option Plans   Stock Purchase Plans  

Weighted-average fair values of options granted

  $ 7.26   $ 7.11   $ 3.26  

Average risk-free interest rate

    4.41 %   4.79 %   5.03 %

Expected dividend yield

    None     None     None  

Expected life

    5.0     5.0 to 6.0     0.5  

Expected volatility range

    80 %   80 - 85 %   42 - 53 %

Weighted average expected volatility

    80 %   80 %   46 %

        The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends on common stock and have no present intention to pay cash dividends. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of our common stock over the period commensurate with the expected life of the options. The risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a maturity commensurate with the expected life of the options on the date of grant. In fiscal 2008, we calculated the estimated life based upon historical exercise behavior.

F-34


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(8) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

        A summary of stock option and RSU activity under all stock option plans in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:

 
  Stock Options   Restricted Stock Units  
 
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in 000's)
  Shares   Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at June 30, 2006

    9,460,449   $ 7.37                   $  
 

Granted

    1,148,700     10.61                 723,400     10.42  
 

Vested (RSUs)

        5.88                      
 

Exercised

    (1,446,354 )   18.32                      
 

Cancelled / Forfeited

    (851,230 )   11.77                 (60,200 )   10.42  
                               

Outstanding at June 30, 2007

    8,311,565     7.64                 663,200     10.42  
 

Granted

    40,000     10.86                      
 

Vested (RSUs)

                        (272,965 )   10.42  
 

Exercised

    (362,605 )   7.71                      
 

Cancelled / Forfeited

    (512,732 )   4.92                 (68,730 )   10.42  
                               

Outstanding at June 30, 2008

    7,476,228     7.39                 321,505     10.42  
 

Granted

                             
 

Vested (RSUs)

                        (134,477 )   10.42  
 

Exercised

                             
 

Cancelled / Forfeited

    (175,026 )   7.99                 (36,415 )   10.42  
                             

Outstanding at June 30, 2009

    7,301,202   $ 7.38     5.2           150,613   $ 10.42  
                           

Exercisable at June 30, 2009

    6,895,293   $ 7.26     5.1   $ 17,732              
                           

Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2009

    7,232,096   $ 7.36     5.2   $ 18,021     137,571   $ 10.42  
                           

        The weighted average grant-date fair value of RSU's granted during fiscal 2007 was $10.42; there were no RSU grants in fiscal 2009 or 2008. In fiscal 2009 and 2008, the total fair value of shares vested from RSU grants was $1.2 million and $3.8 million, respectively. At June 30, 2009, the total fair value of RSU's expected to vest was $1.2 million. At June 30, 2009 the remaining contractual term for all RSU grants was 1.1 years. At June 30, 2009, the total compensation cost related to unvested stock options and RSU's not yet recognized was $2.9 million. The weighted average period over which this will be recognized is approximately 9 months.

        There were no options exercised in fiscal 2009. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2008 and 2007 was $2.8 million and $10.4 million, respectively. We received $2.8 million and $8.5 million in cash proceeds from option exercises during fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        At June 30, 2009, common stock reserved for future issuance or settlement under equity compensation plans was 11,902,116 shares.

        In December 2006 and May 2007, we modified awards for an aggregate of 1,184,470 options for our employees to equal the fair market value on the grant date of our common stock for these awards

F-35


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(8) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)


to avoid certain adverse tax impacts on the individuals. There was no incremental compensation cost resulting from the modifications. A further modification was made in December 2007 to increase the exercise price of certain awards and to provide for cash payments to employees to compensate them for the increase in the exercise price of those awards.

(9) Common Stock

Warrants

        We have issued warrants in connection with various financing activities. These warrants provide for net equity settlement and are accounted for in equity.

        In connection with the May 2002 sale of common stock to private investors, we issued warrants to purchase up to 3,208,333 shares of common stock at a price of $13.20 per share. In August 2003, the warrants were canceled, and new warrants were issued to purchase 1,152,665 shares at an exercise price of $9.76 per share, due to the impact of the Series D Preferred financing on the warrants' anti-dilution provisions. In January 2004, warrants to purchase 129,191 shares of common stock were exercised in a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of 17,922 shares of common stock. During fiscal 2007, the remaining 1,023,474 warrants were exercised in a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of 286,204 shares of our common stock.

        In connection with the August 2003 Series D Preferred financing, we issued warrants with seven-year lives to purchase 7,267,286 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.33 per share. In July 2006, 6,006,006 warrants were exercised in a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of 4,369,336 shares of our common stock. In November 2007, warrants to purchase 630,640 shares of common stock were exercised in a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of 500,203 shares of common stock. As of June 30, 2009, warrants to purchase 630,640 shares of common stock were outstanding and exercisable at a price of $3.33.

(10) Income Taxes

        Income (loss) before provision for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Domestic

  $ 48,095   $ 10,822   $ 46,939  

Foreign

    6,197     17,202     11,026  
               

Total

  $ 54,292   $ 28,024   $ 57,965  
               

F-36


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

        The provision for income taxes shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is composed of the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Federal—

                   

Current

  $ 1,616   $   $  

Deferred

    (1,616 )   457      

State—

                   

Current

    1,064     1,419     1,365  

Deferred

             

Foreign—

                   

Current

    (71 )   6,010     7,868  

Deferred

    375     (4,808 )   3,214  
               

  $ 1,368   $ 3,078   $ 12,447  
               

        The provision for income taxes differs from that based on the federal statutory rate due to the following (in thousands):

 
  Years Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Federal tax at statutory rate

  $ 19,002   $ 9,808   $ 20,288  

State income taxes

    595     299     1,365  

Subpart F and dividend income

    1,467     3,695     8,625  

Foreign taxes and rate differences

    (682 )   (1,952 )   2,343  

Permanent differences

    (501 )   980     1,696  

Tax credits

    (6,092 )   (2,988 )   (8,375 )

Federal and foreign tax contingencies

    (2,615 )   2,755     4,880  

Return to provision adjustments

    1,000          

Valuation allowance

    (12,911 )   (10,235 )   (18,375 )

Other

    2,105     716      
               

Provision for income taxes

  $ 1,368   $ 3,078   $ 12,447  
               

F-37


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

        The approximate tax effect of each type of temporary difference and tax carryforward is as follows (in thousands):

 
  June 30,  
 
  2009   2008  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Federal and state credits

  $ 2,780   $ 5,086  

Foreign tax credits

        4,747  

Foreign loss carryforwards

    2,370     4,949  

Revenue

    1,294     1,016  

Restructuring accruals

    4,192     5,538  

Other reserves and accruals

    12,013     15,120  

Intangible assets

    4,172     5,841  

Property and leasehold improvements

    4,648     6,770  

Other temporary differences

    13,084     9,129  
           

    44,553     58,196  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Revenue

    (558 )   (1,752 )

Intangible assets

    (1,675 )   (2,305 )

Property and leasehold improvements

    (645 )   (481 )

Other temporary differences

    (601 )   (556 )
           

    (3,479 )   (5,094 )

Valuation allowance

    (31,325 )   (44,236 )
           

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  $ 9,749   $ 8,866  
           

        Upon customer payment of certain foreign receivables, withholding taxes are withheld by customers and remitted to local tax authorities as required by statute. Under current U.S. tax law, these withholding taxes may be creditable against U.S. taxes payable subject to certain limitations. The withholding taxes are included in the foreign tax provision as they are withheld and remitted. Utilization of such taxes as foreign tax credits is recorded as a reduction of the domestic tax expense in the period it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized. We have recorded a full valuation allowances against these credits since their potential utilization cannot be determined to be more likely than not. We will recognize the benefit of these credits only when it is more likely than not that these deferred tax assets will be realized.

        During fiscal 2009 and 2008, we utilized tax net operating loss carryforwards to reduce the current provision by $4.1 million and $16.1 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2009, we have generated U.S. federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $32.6 million, all of which relate to stock compensation tax deductions in excess of book compensation expense. We record these tax benefits in additional paid in capital only when such deductions reduce taxes payable as determined on a "with and without" basis. Accordingly, this NOL will reduce federal taxes payable if realized in future periods, but NOL related to such benefits are not included in the table above. In addition we have other tax attributes in the amount of $2.8 which when realized will also increase additional paid in capital. We have foreign loss carryforwards of $7.4 million which expire beginning in 2010 and others

F-38


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)


with no expiration date. We also have State research and development credits, and alternative minimum tax (AMT) credit carryforwards. These benefits are subject to a full valuation allowance and will reduce tax expense in the period that they are realized or the valuation allowance is removed if realization is considered more likely than not. The tax credits and foreign NOL carryforwards expire at various dates from 2010 through 2030, while the AMT credit carryforwards have unlimited carryforward periods.

        We have determined that we underwent an ownership change (as defined under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) during fiscal 2004. As such, the utilization of our federal NOLs and tax credits is limited. Moreover, an ownership change also occurred under the laws of certain states and foreign countries in which we have generated NOLs and tax credits. Accordingly, these NOL and tax credits will also be limited under rules similar to those of section 382. These limitations impact the amount of NOL, if any, that may be utilized in a given year. The full amount of the federal NOL carryforward as of June 30, 2009 is subject to these limitations and would be limited to an approximate $7 million per year limitation. The federal NOLs as of June 30, 2009 begin to expire in 2021.

        On July 1, 2007, we adopted FIN 48. A reconciliation of the FIN 48 balances is as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of July 1, 2007

  $ 23,684  

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

    (5,961 )

Gross increases—tax positions in current period

    5,975  

Currency translation adjustment

    1,133  
       

Balance as of June 30, 2008

    24,831  

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period

    5,767  

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

    (5,107 )

Grose increases—tax positions in current period

    698  

Gross decreases—payments

    (1,599 )

Gross decreases—lapse of statutes

    (3,764 )

Currency translation adjustment

    (1,588 )
       

Balance as of June 30, 2009

  $ 19,238  
       

        Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as income tax expense and accordingly, we recorded approximately $1.6 million benefit for interest and penalties during fiscal 2009. As of June 30, 2009, we had approximately $6.3 million of accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions. At June 30, 2009, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits is $19.2 million, and of that amount, $9.5 million, if recognized, would reduce the effective tax rate. We estimate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that will change within the next twelve months is approximately $0.1 million.

        Fiscal years 2006–2009 are open to audit in the United States and 2007–2009 in Canada.

        Subsidiaries of Aspen Technology in a number of countries outside of the US and Canada are also subject to tax audits. The Company estimates that the effects of such tax audits are not material to these consolidated financial statements.

F-39


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(11) Operating Leases

        We lease our facilities and various office equipment under non-cancellable operating leases with terms in excess of one year. Rent expense, net of sublease income, charged to operations was approximately $6.8 million, $7.4 million, and $7.9 million for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Future minimum lease payments under these leases and scheduled sublease payments as of June 30, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):

Years ended June 30,
  Gross
Payments
  Scheduled
Sublease
Payments
  Net
Payments
 

2010

  $ 12,460   $ 2,789   $ 9,671  

2011

    9,856     2,860     6,996  

2012

    7,685     2,578     5,107  

2013

    4,879     765     4,114  

2014

    3,938     159     3,779  

Thereafter

    5,005     331     4,674  
               
 

Total

  $ 43,823   $ 9,482   $ 34,341  
               

        Due to various restructuring activities (See Note 3) we have vacated certain of our leased space and are subleasing a portion of this space. The scheduled sublease payments are listed above.

        We have issued approximately $7.5 million of standby letters of credit in connection with certain facility leases that expire through 2016.

        In May 2007, we entered into a lease agreement with respect to office space in Burlington, Massachusetts. Commencing September 1, 2007, we moved our principal corporate offices to this location and occupied 60,177 square feet of space. The initial term of the lease commenced with respect to (a) 31,174 square feet of leased premises on September 1, 2007, (b) an additional 29,003 square feet on October 1, 2007 and (c) an additional 1,309 square feet of leased space on October 26, 2007 (d) an additional 1,680 square feet on March 27, 2008 and (e) an additional 11,893 square feet on August 1, 2008. The initial term of the lease will expire seven years and four months following the term commencement date for the third phase of the leased premises. Subject to the terms and conditions of the lease, we may extend the term of the lease for two successive terms of five years each at 95% of the then market rate. Under the lease, we will pay additional rent for its proportionate share of operating expenses and taxes. Future minimum lease payments through January 2015 under this lease of $11.2 million are included in the table above.

        On September 5, 2007, we entered into an additional sublease agreement related to our former office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts, effective October 1, 2007 for approximately 50,000 square feet that expires on September 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2009, we had multiple agreements that expire through 2012 to sublease approximately 106,295 square feet of space in our former office space in Cambridge. These sublease agreements represent $7.6 million of scheduled sublease payments and are included in the above table.

F-40


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) FTC and Honeywell Settlement

        In December 2004, we entered into a consent decree with the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) with respect to a civil administrative complaint filed by the FTC in August 2003 alleging that our acquisition of Hyprotech Ltd. and related subsidiaries of AEA Technology plc (Hyprotech) in May 2002 was anticompetitive in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act and Section 7 of the Clayton Act. In connection with the consent decree we entered into an agreement with Honeywell International, Inc. (Honeywell) on October 6, 2004 (Honeywell Agreement), pursuant to which we transferred our operator training business and our rights to the intellectual property of various legacy Hyprotech products.

        On December 23, 2004, we completed the transactions contemplated by the Honeywell Agreement. Under the terms of the transactions:

        The Honeywell transaction resulted in a deferred gain of $0.2 million, which was amortized over the two-year life of the support agreement, and was subject to a potential increase of the gain of up to $1.2 million upon resolution of the holdback payment issue, which is discussed below.

        We are subject to ongoing compliance obligations under the FTC consent decree. We responded to requests by the Staff of the FTC beginning in 2006 for information relating to the Staff's investigation of whether we have complied with the consent decree. In addition, the FTC voted to recommend to the Consumer Litigation Division (Division) of the U.S. Department of Justice that the Division commence litigation against us relating to our alleged failure to comply with certain aspects of the decree. Although we believe that we complied with the consent decree and that the assertions by the FTC Staff were without merit, we engaged in settlement discussions with the FTC Staff regarding this matter. Following such discussions, on July 6, 2009, we announced that the FTC closed the investigation relating to the alleged violations of the decree, and issued an order modifying the consent decree. Following a thirty-day period for public comment on the modification to the original decree, the modified order became final on August 20, 2009. The modification to the 2004 consent decree requires that we continue to provide the ability for users to save input variable case data for Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics software in a standard "portable" format, which will make it easier for users to transfer case data from later versions of the products to earlier versions. AspenTech will also provide documentation to Honeywell of the Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics

F-41


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(12) Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)


input variables, as well as documentation of the covered heat exchange products. These requirements will apply to all existing and future versions of the covered products through 2014.

        In March 2007, we were served with a complaint and petition to compel arbitration filed by Honeywell in New York State Supreme Court. The complaint alleges that we failed to comply with our obligations to deliver certain technology under the Honeywell Agreement, that we owe approximately $0.8 million to Honeywell under the Honeywell Agreement, and that Honeywell is entitled to some portion of the $1.2 million holdback retained by Honeywell under the holdback provisions of the Honeywell Agreement, plus unspecified monetary damages. In accordance with the Honeywell Agreement, certain of Honeywell's claims relating to the holdback were the subject of a proceeding before an independent accountant, who determined in December 2008 that we were entitled to a portion of the holdback. We reached a settlement in June 2009 and the matter has been dismissed. In connection with the settlement, AspenTech has provided to Honeywell a license to modify and distribute (in object code form) certain versions of AspenTech's flare system analyzer software.

(b) Class action and opt-out claims

        In March 2006, we settled a class action litigation, including related derivative claims, arising out of our originally filed consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2000 through 2004, the accounting for which we restated in March 2005. Members of the class who opted out of the settlement (representing 1,457,969 shares of common stock, or less than 1% of the shares putatively purchased during the class action period) brought their own state or federal law claims against us, referred to as "opt-out" claims.

        Separate actions were filed on behalf of the holders of approximately 1.1 million shares who either opted out of the class action settlement or were not covered by that settlement. One of these actions was settled. The claims in the remaining actions (described below) include claims against us and one or more of our former officers alleging securities and common law fraud, breach of contract, statutory treble damages, deceptive practices and/or rescissory damages liability, based on the restated results of one or more fiscal periods included in our restated consolidated financial statements referenced in the class action.

F-42


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(12) Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

        The remaining claims in the Blecker and 380544 Canada actions referenced above are for damages totaling at least $20 million, not including claims for treble damages and attorneys' fees. We plan to defend the actions vigorously. We can provide no assurance as to the outcome of these opt-out claims or the likelihood of the filing of additional opt-out claims, and these claims may result in judgments against us for significant damages. Regardless of the outcome, such litigation has resulted in the past, and may continue to result in the future, in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business.

(c) ATME Arbitration

        Prior to October 6, 2009, we had an exclusive reseller relationship covering certain countries in the Middle East with a reseller known as, AspenTech Middle East W.L.L., a Kuwait corporation (ATME or the reseller). Effective October 6, 2009, we terminated the reseller relationship for material breach by the reseller based on certain actions of the reseller. On November 2, 2009 the reseller filed a Claim Form (Arbitration) in the High Court of Justice, Queen's Bench Division, Commercial Court, London, England, reference 2009 Folio 1436 in the matter of an intended arbitration between the reseller and us, seeking an injunction against certain activities by us in the alleged former territory of the reseller. We believe that the reseller's claims are without merit, inasmuch as our termination of the relationship was based on actions by the reseller constituting material breach as defined in the reseller agreement document, and that the reseller is not entitled to such an injunction. We therefore intend to defend the claims vigorously. We can provide no assurance as to the outcome of this proceeding or the likelihood of the filing of additional proceedings such as a full arbitration, and these claims may result in judgments against us for significant damages and a possible injunction that would threaten our ability to do business directly in certain countries in the Middle East. In addition, regardless of the outcome, such claims may result in significant legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources of management, all of which could result in losses and damages that have a material adverse effect on our business. The reseller agreement document relating to the terminated relationship contained a provision whereby we could be liable for a termination fee if the agreement were terminated other than for material breach. This fee would be calculated based on a formula contained in the reseller agreement that we believe was originally developed based on certain assumptions about the future financial performance of the reseller, as well as the reseller's actual financial performance. Based on the formula and the financial information provided to us by the reseller, which we have not had the opportunity to verify independently, a recent calculation associated with termination other than for material breach based on the formula would result in a termination fee of between $60 million and $77 million. Under the terminated reseller agreement document, no termination fee is owed on termination for material breach.

(d) Other

        We are currently defending a customer claim of approximately $5 million that certain of our software products and implementation services failed to meet customer expectations. Although we are defending the claim vigorously, the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and unfavorable resolutions are possible and could materially affect our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. In addition, regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on us because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

F-43


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(12) Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

(e) Other Commitments and Contingencies

        We have entered into an employment agreement with our president and chief executive officer providing for the payment of cash and other benefits in the event of termination of his employment in certain situations, including following a change in control. Payment under this agreement would consist of a lump sum equal to approximately two times (1) his annual base salary plus (2) the average of his annual bonus for the three preceding fiscal years. The agreement also provides that the payments would be increased in the event that it would subject him to excise tax as a parachute payment under the Internal Revenue Code. The increase would be equal to the additional tax liability imposed on him as a result of the payment.

        We have entered into agreements with other executive officers, providing for severance payments in the event that the executive is terminated by us other than for cause. Payments under these agreements consist of continuation of base salary for a period of 12 months, payment of pro rated incentive plan amounts and other benefits specified therein.

(13) Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans

        We maintain a defined contribution retirement plan under Section 401(k) of the IRC covering all eligible employees, as defined. Under the plan, a participant may elect to defer receipt of a stated percentage of his or her compensation, subject to limitation under the IRC, which would otherwise be payable to the participant for any plan year. We may make discretionary contributions to this plan, including making matching contributions up to a maximum of 6% of an employee's pretax contribution. In fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we made matching contributions of approximately $1.3 million, $0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively. These contributions, which vested immediately, were expensed in each respective year. Additionally, we maintain certain government mandated and defined contribution plans throughout the world.

(14) Other Investments

        In November 2000, we invested $0.6 million in a global chemical business-to-business e-commerce company supporting major chemical companies in Asia. This investment entitles us to a minority interest in this company and is accounted for using the cost method and, accordingly, is being valued at cost unless an other-than-temporary impairment in its value occurs. No impairments have been recognized through June 30, 2009. This investment is included in other non-current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

(15) Segment and Geographic Information

        Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our chief operating decision maker is our Chief Executive Officer.

        The measurement of the controllable margin for the license operating segment was changed in 2007 to include a greater allocation of expenses from unallocated costs to controllable expenses for that operating segment. This change conformed to management's current approach of cost allocation for

F-44


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(15) Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)


internal reporting purposes. All periods presented have been restated to conform to management's current measurement approach.

        We have three operating segments: license, professional services, and maintenance and training. The chief operating decision maker assesses financial performance and allocates resources based upon the three lines of business.

        The license line of business is engaged in the development and licensing of software. The professional services line of business offers implementation, advanced process control, real-time optimization and other professional services in order to provide its customers with complete solutions. The maintenance and training line of business provides customers with a wide range of support services that include on-site support, telephone support, software updates and various forms of training on how to use our products.

        The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. We do not track assets or capital expenditures by operating segments. Consequently, it is not practical to show assets, capital expenditures, depreciation or amortization by operating segments.

        The following table presents a summary of operating segments (in thousands):

 
  License   Professional
Services
  Maintenance
and Training
  Total  

Year ended June 30, 2007—

                         
 

Segment revenues

  $ 199,761   $ 62,653   $ 78,615   $ 341,029  
 

Segment expenses

    65,992     44,654     15,711     126,357  
                   
 

Segment operating profit(1)

  $ 133,769   $ 17,999   $ 62,904   $ 214,672  
                   

Year ended June 30, 2008—

                         
 

Segment revenues

  $ 168,404   $ 59,708   $ 83,501   $ 311,613  
 

Segment expenses

    68,950     43,303     14,439     126,692  
                   
 

Segment operating profit(1)

  $ 99,454   $ 16,405   $ 69,062   $ 184,921  
                   

Year ended June 30, 2009—

                         
 

Segment revenues

  $ 179,591   $ 48,352   $ 83,637   $ 311,580  
 

Segment expenses

    62,345     39,557     14,588     116,490  
                   
 

Segment operating profit(1)

  $ 117,246   $ 8,795   $ 69,049   $ 195,090  
                   

(1)
The Segment operating profits reported reflect only the direct expenses of the operating segment and do not contain an allocation for selling and marketing, general and administrative, development, restructuring and other corporate expenses incurred in support of the segments.

F-45


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(15) Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

Reconciliation to Income Before Provision for Taxes

        The following table presents a reconciliation of total segment operating profit to income before provision for income taxes (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Total segment operating profit for reportable segments

  $ 195,090   $ 184,921   $ 214,672  
 

Cost of license and amortization for technology related costs

    (12,409 )   (15,916 )   (21,134 )
 

Marketing

    (16,975 )   (17,583 )   (14,806 )
 

Research and development

    (32,311 )   (33,820 )   (31,182 )
 

General and administrative and overhead

    (78,493 )   (74,330 )   (71,989 )
 

Stock compensation and employee tax reimbursements

    (4,670 )   (10,600 )   (9,293 )
 

Corporate and executive bonuses

    (3,223 )   (5,476 )   (5,899 )
 

Restructuring charges and FTC legal costs

    (2,446 )   (8,623 )   (4,634 )
 

Gain (loss) on sales and disposals of assets

    (6 )   66     (332 )
 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    (623 )        
 

Other income (expense)

    (1,824 )   3,384     (734 )
 

Interest and other income and expense

    12,182     6,001     3,296  
               

Income before provision for income taxes

  $ 54,292   $ 28,024   $ 57,965  
               

Geographic Information:

        Revenues to external customers is attributed to individual countries based on the location the product or services are sold. Domestic and international sales as a percentage of total revenues are as follows:

 
  Year Ended June 30,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

United States

    31.3 %   36.4 %   47.2 %

Europe

    26.8 %   33.3 %   29.9 %

Other

    41.9 %   30.3 %   22.9 %
               

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
               

        During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 there were no customers that individually represented greater than 10% of our total revenue.

        We have long-lived assets of approximately $12.2 million that are located domestically and $1.5 million that reside in other geographic locations as of June 30, 2009.

F-46


Table of Contents


ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(16) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

        The following tables present quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal 2009 and 2008. The below data is unaudited but, in our opinion, reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of this data in accordance with GAAP (in thousands, except per share data).

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2009
  March 31,
2009
  December 31,
2008
  September 30,
2008(1)
 

Net revenue

  $ 71,255   $ 71,292   $ 82,627   $ 86,406  

Gross profit

    51,161     52,896     64,463     67,240  

Income from operations

    2,329     4,463     18,832     18,310  

Income applicable to common stockholders

    10,214     8,096     22,961     11,653  

Earnings per common share:

                         
 

Basic

  $ 0.11   $ 0.09   $ 0.26   $ 0.13  
 

Diluted

  $ 0.11   $ 0.09   $ 0.25   $ 0.12  

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                         
 

Basic

    90,087     90,065     90,043     90,019  
 

Diluted

    92,384     91,648     92,030     94,005  

 

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  June 30,
2008(1)
  March 31,
2008
  December 31,
2007(1)
  September 30,
2007
 

Net revenue

  $ 98,312   $ 74,244   $ 74,219   $ 64,838  

Gross profit

    76,384     52,794     52,319     45,123  

Income (loss) from operations

    21,074     1,872     4,070     (8,379 )

Income (loss) applicable to common stockholders

    20,658     4,033     9,258     (9,003 )

Earnings (loss) per common share:

                         
 

Basic

  $ 0.23   $ 0.04   $ 0.10   $ (0.10 )
 

Diluted

  $ 0.22   $ 0.04   $ 0.10   $ (0.10 )

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                         
 

Basic

    89,998     89,972     89,602     88,995  
 

Diluted

    94,162     93,834     94,730     88,995  

(1)
See Note 2(v) regarding correction of immaterial errors.

F-47


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed
with this
Form 10-K
  Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit
Number
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Aspen Technology, Inc., as amended       8-K   August 22, 2003   4
                     
  3.2   By-laws of Aspen Technology, Inc.       8-K   March 27, 1998   3.2
                     
  4.1   Specimen certificate for common stock, $.10 par value, of Aspen Technology, Inc.       8-A/A   June 12, 1998   4
                     
  4.3   Form of WD Common Stock Purchase Warrants of Aspen Technology, Inc. dated August 14, 2003       8-K   August 22, 2003   99.3
                     
  10.1   Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.1
                     
  10.1 a First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated May 5, 1997 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Beacon Properties, L.P., successor-in-interest to Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association of America       10-K   September 28, 2000   10.2
                     
  10.1 b Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated August 14, 2000 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and EOP-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C., successor-in-interest to Beacon Properties, L.P.       10-K   September 28, 2000   10.3
                     
  10.1 c Amendment dated September 5, 2007 to Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.1c
                     
  10.2   Sublease dated September 5, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park L.L.C. regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.2
                     
  10.3   Lease dated May 7, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and One Wheeler Road Associates regarding 200 Wheeler Road, Burlington Massachusetts       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.3
                     
  10.4   System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.4
                     
  10.5   Amendment dated March 30, 1982 to System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.5
                     
  10.6 Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.1
                     
  10.6 a† Amendment No. 1 dated December 23, 2004 to Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech Canada Ltd., and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.2

F-48


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed
with this
Form 10-K
  Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit
Number
                     
  10.7 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Honeywell International, Inc.       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.3
                     
  10.8 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.4
                     
  10.9 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Hyprotech Company and Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.5
                     
  10.10 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between AspenTech Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems Limited       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.6
                     
  10.11 Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004 between Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems Limited       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.7
                     
  10.13   Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.13
                     
  10.13 a Rider No. 1 dated December 14, 1994, to Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.13a
                     
  10.13 b Rider No. 2 dated September 4, 2001 to Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.13b
                     
  10.13 c Waiver and Consent Agreement dated March 31, 2009       10-K   June 30, 2009   10.13c
                     
  10.15   Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 17, 2004   10.1
                     
  10.15 a First Amendment dated June 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15a
                     
  10.15 b Second Amendment dated September 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.1
                     
  10.15 c Third Amendment dated December 31, 2004 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   March 15, 2005   10.8
                     
  10.15 d Fourth Amendment dated March 8, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15d
                     
  10.15 e Fifth Amendment dated March 31, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   March 10, 2005   10.1
                     
  10.15 f Sixth Amendment dated December 29, 2005 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15f

F-49


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed
with this
Form 10-K
  Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit
Number
                     
  10.15 g Seventh Amendment dated July 17, 2006 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15g
                     
  10.15 h Eighth Amendment dated September 15, 2006 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15h
                     
  10.15 i Ninth Amendment dated January 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   May 10, 2007   10.3
                     
  10.15 j Tenth Amendment dated April 13, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15j
                     
  10.15 k Eleventh Amendment dated June 28, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15k
                     
  10.15 l Twelfth Amendment dated October 16, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15l
                     
  10.15 m Thirteenth Amendment dated December 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.15m
                     
  10.15 n Fourteenth Amendment dated December 28, 2007 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       8-K   January 7, 2008   10.2
                     
  10.15 o Fifteenth Amendment dated January 24, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.2
                     
  10.15 p Sixteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.3
                     
  10.15 q Seventeenth Amendment dated November 14, 2008 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.4
                     
  10.15 r Eighteenth Amendment dated January 30, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.5
                     
  10.15 s Nineteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   June 30, 2009   10.15s

F-50


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed
with this
Form 10-K
  Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit
Number
                     
  10.15 t Twentieth Amendment dated November 3, 2009 to Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.   X            
                     
  10.16   Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC, Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the lenders named therein.       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.1
                     
  10.17   Security Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC and Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.2
                     
  10.18   Release Letter dated December 28, 2007 relating to Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC, Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the Lenders named therein       8-K   January 7, 2008   10.1
                     
  10.19   Purchase and Sale Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.3
                     
  10.20   Purchase and Resale Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC and Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.4
                     
  10.22   Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.1
                     
  10.22 a Letter Agreement dated February 14, 2003 amending Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22a
                     
  10.22 b First Loan Modification Agreement dated June 27, 2003 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 29, 2003   10.22
                     
  10.22 c Second Loan Modification Agreement dated September 10, 2004 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 13, 2004   10.70
                     
  10.22 d Third Loan Modification Agreement dated January 28, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22d
                     
  10.22 e† Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 1, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   May 10, 2005   10.2
                     
  10.22 f Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 6, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22f

F-51


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed
with this
Form 10-K
  Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit
Number
                     
  10.22 g Sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 15, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.5
                     
  10.22 h Seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 13, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 13, 2005   10.79
                     
  10.22 i Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 30, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22i
                     
  10.22 j Ninth Loan Modification Agreement dated July 17, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22j
                     
  10.22 k Tenth Loan Modification Agreement dated September 15, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   September 28, 2006   10.84
                     
  10.22 l Eleventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 27, 2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.3
                     
  10.22 m Twelfth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 12, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   May 10, 2007   10.1
                     
  10.22 n Thirteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 13, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22n
                     
  10.22 o Fourteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22o
                     
  10.22 p Fifteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated August 30, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22p
                     
  10.22 q Sixteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated October 16, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.22q
                     
  10.22 r Seventeenth Loan Modification Agreement dated December 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       8-K   January 7, 2008   10.3

F-52


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed
with this
Form 10-K
  Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit
Number
                     
  10.22 s Eighteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 24, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.7
                     
  10.22 t Nineteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 11, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.8
                     
  10.22 u Twentieth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.9
                     
  10.22 v Twenty-first Loan Modification Agreement dated June 12, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.10
                     
  10.22 w Twenty-second Loan Modification Agreement dated July 15, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.11
                     
  10.22 x Twenty-third Loan Modification Agreement dated September 30, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.12
                     
  10.22 y Twenty-fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated November 14, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.13
                     
  10.22 z Twenty-fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 15, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 19, 2009   10.14
                     
  10.22 aa Twenty-sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-K   June 30, 2009   10.22aa
                     
  10.22 ab Twenty-seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated November 3, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company   X            
                     
  10.23   Form of Negative Pledge Agreement dated January 30, 2003, in favor of Silicon Valley Bank, executed by Aspen Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.5
                     
  10.24   Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and AspenTech Securities Corporation       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.6
                     
  10.25   Unconditional Guaranty dated January 30, 2003, by AspenTech Securities Corporation in favor of Silicon Valley Bank       10-Q   February 14, 2003   10.7
                     
  10.26   Pledge Agreement, effective as of June 27, 2003, by Aspen Technology, Inc. in favor of Silicon Valley Bank       10-K   September 29, 2003   10.23

F-53


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed
with this
Form 10-K
  Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit
Number
                     
  10.27   Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc., Aspentech, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank       8-K   June 20, 2005   10.7
                     
  10.28   Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated September 27, 2006 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.6
                     
  10.29   Investor Rights Agreement dated August 14, 2003 among Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein       8-K   August 22, 2003   99.1
                     
  10.30   Management Rights Letter dated August 14, 2003 among Aspen Technology, Inc. and the entities named therein.       8-K   August 22, 2003   99.2
                     
  10.31   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated March 19, 2002 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Purchasers named therein.       8-K   March 20, 2002   99.2
                     
  10.32 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan       S-8   September 9, 1996   4.5
                     
  10.33 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Amended and Restated 1995 Directors Stock Option Plan       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.37
                     
  10.34 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 1996 Special Stock Option Plan       10-K   September 29, 1997   10.23
                     
  10.35   PetrolSoft Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan       S-8   July 28, 2000   4
                     
  10.36 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan       10-K   September 28, 2006   10.54
                     
  10.37 ^ Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Restated Stock Option Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.7
                     
  10.38 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       8-K   June 2, 2005   99.1
                     
  10.39 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended)   X            
                     
  10.40 ^ Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.8
                     
  10.41 ^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.9
                     
  10.42 ^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-G Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.10
                     
  10.43 ^ Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted under 2005 Stock Incentive Plan   X            
                     
  10.44 ^ Form of Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of Aspen Technology, Inc.       10-K   April 11, 2008   10.45
                     
  10.45 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007       8-K   July 6, 2006   99.1
                     
  10.46 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007       8-K   July 6, 2006   99.2
                     
  10.47 ^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2008       8-K   June 20, 2007   99.1
                     
  10.48 ^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan for Fiscal 2008       8-K   June 20, 2007   99.2

F-54


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed
with this
Form 10-K
  Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit
Number
                     
  10.49   Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2009       8-K   June 30, 2008   99.1
                     
  10.50   Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan for Fiscal 2009       8-K   June 30, 2008   99.2
                     
  10.51 ^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2010       8-K   September 11, 2009   99.1
                     
  10.52 ^ Employment Agreement, dated December 7, 2004, between Aspen Technology, Inc. and Mark Fusco       8-K   December 13, 2004   99.1
                     
  10.53 ^ Form of Executive Retention Agreement entered into by Aspen Technology, Inc. and each executive officer of Aspen Technology, Inc. (other than Mark E. Fusco)       10-Q   November 14, 2006   10.11
                     
  10.54 ^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P040380)       8-K   January 5, 2007   10.1
                     
  10.55 ^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P040002)       8-K   January 5, 2007   10.2
                     
  10.56 ^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to the Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No. P0405621)       8-K   January 5, 2007   10.3
                     
  14.1   Aspen Technology, Inc. Code of Conduct and Business Ethics       10-K   September 13, 2005   14.1
                     
  21.1   Subsidiaries of Aspen Technology, Inc.   X            
                     
  23.1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP   X            
                     
  23.2   Consent of KPMG, LLP   X            
                     
  24.1   Power of Attorney (included in signature page to Form 10-K)   X            
                     
  31.1   Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   X            
                     
  31.2   Certification of Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   X            
                     
  32.1   Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002   X            
                     
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Aspen Technology, Inc., as amended       8-K   August 22, 2003   4
                     
  3.2   By-laws of Aspen Technology, Inc.       8-K   March 27, 1998   3.2

F-55


Table of Contents

 
   
   
  Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit
Number
  Description   Filed
with this
Form 10-K
  Form   Filing Date with SEC   Exhibit
Number
                     
  4.1   Specimen certificate for common stock, $.10 par value, of Aspen Technology, Inc.       8-A/A   June 12, 1998   4
                     
  4.2   Rights Agreement dated March 12, 1998 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as Rights Agent, including form of Certificate of Designation of Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred Stock and form of Right Certificate       8-K   March 27, 1998   4.1
                     
  4.2 a Amendment No. 1 dated October 26, 2001 to Rights Agreement dated March 12, 1998 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as Rights Agent       8-A/A   November 8, 2001   4.4
                     

Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions


^
Management contract or compensatory plan

F-56